ML13226A130: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
| (6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
| Line 2: | Line 2: | ||
| number = ML13226A130 | | number = ML13226A130 | ||
| issue date = 08/07/2013 | | issue date = 08/07/2013 | ||
| title = | | title = Submittal of Pre-Op Test Instructions | ||
| author name = Hruby R | | author name = Hruby R | ||
| author affiliation = Tennessee Valley Authority | | author affiliation = Tennessee Valley Authority | ||
| addressee name = | | addressee name = | ||
| Line 16: | Line 16: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 August 7, | {{#Wiki_filter:Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 August 7, 2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391 | ||
==Subject:== | ==Subject:== | ||
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 -Submittal of Pre-op | Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 - Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions The following approved WBN Unit 2 Pre-op Test Instructions (PTIs) are enclosed: | ||
PTI NUMBER Rev. | PTI NUMBER Rev. TITLE 2-PTI-001-01 0 Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves Functional Test 2-PTI-092-02 0 Source & Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation If you have any questions, please contact Nick Welch at (423) 365-7820. | ||
Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr.General Manager, Technical | Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr. | ||
General Manager, Technical Services Watts Bar Unit 2 Enclosures D3PA | |||
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 August 7, 2013 cc (Enclosures): | |||
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381 | |||
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES FUNCTIONAL TEST Instruction No: 2-PTI-001-01 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: Jose-h -Wooten DATE: ;///4 PRINT NAME I SINATURE REVIEWED BY: James Klein /j k--- | |||
L DATE: L1111113 ___ | |||
PRINT NAME I SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: // | |||
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE: 1 APPROVED BY: PR1'FP*T NAL STATUP MANAGER-- DATE:4iL 3 TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: | |||
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE: | |||
APPROVED BY.: DATE: | |||
PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12107/2010 | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 144 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 rl j \ , ALL Initial Issue based on Unit 1 PTI-001-01 Rev 0 CN1 through CN-5 | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 144 Table of Contents | |||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
................................................................................................... 5 1.1 P u rp os e ........................................................................................................................ 5 1.2 Sc o p e ............................................................................................................................ 5 | |||
1.1 | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
........................................................................................................ 6 2.1 Performance References ........................................................................................ 6 2.2 Developmental References ...................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ....................................................................... 9 4.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 11 4.1 Preliminary Actions ................................................................................................. 11 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ....................... 15 4.3 Field Preparations .................................................................................................. 16 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ................................................................................... 25 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 26 6.0 PERFORMANCE .................................................................................................... 31 6.1 Initial Conditions ................................................................................................... 31 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 ........................................ 31 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -148 ........................................ 38 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 ........................................ 45 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 ......................................... 52 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing .................................... 59 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1 -11 Functional Testing ................................... 72 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1 -22 Functional Testing .................................. 85 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing .................................. 98 6.10 Train A SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing .............................................................. 111 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 ............................................... 111 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 ............................................. 116 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV 149 .............................................................................................................. 12 0 | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 144 Table of Contents (continued) 6.11 Train B SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing .............................................................. 123 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 .............................................. 123 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 ............................................. 128 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV 15 0 .............................................................................................................. 13 2 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ..................................................................... 135 8.0 R EC O R DS ................................................................................................................ 139 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R EV IEW ................................................................................................... 140 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. 141 Appendix C: PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG .................................. 142 Appendix D: HANDSWITCH LINEUP ........................................................................... 143 | |||
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-7.0, Control of System Cleanliness Layup and | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 | ||
-Main Steam | _Page 5 of 144 Date | ||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | |||
1.1 Purpose This test will verify that the Main Steam Isolation Valves, 2-FCV-1 -4, 11, 22, 29 and Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves, 2-FCV-1-147, 148, 149 and 150 will perform the following design functions: | |||
* Demonstrate remote and control room operation of the Isolation Valves | |||
" Demonstrate the capability of the Isolation Valves to close upon receipt of an isolation signal | |||
* Demonstrate Isolation Valves closure time is in accordance with Technical Specification (Draft) requirements | |||
* Demonstrate safety related control and interlock functions of the Isolation Valves 1.2 Scope Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 verify each of the Bypass Isolation Valves operate remotely and locally by their respective control switch with proper position indication. | |||
Additionally, each valve fails close on a simulated loss of power or air and specific closure time requirements are verified. | |||
Sections 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 verify each of the Main Steam Isolation Valves operate remotely and locally by their respective control switch with proper position indication. | |||
Additionally, each valve fails close on a simulated loss of power, specific closure time requirements and interlock functions of the Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves are verified. | |||
All testing is to be performed during Hot Functional Testing at the 5570 F plateau. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 144 Date | |||
==2.0 REFERENCES== | |||
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-7.0, Control of System Cleanliness Layup and Flushing B. SMP-9.0, Test Conduct C. 2-PTI-068-01, Hot Functional Testing 2.2 Developmental References A. SO1-1.01, Rev. 42, System Operating Instruction Main Steam System B. WBN2-1-4002, Rev. 3, System Description - Main Steam System C. Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 109, Section 10.3, Main Steam Supply System | |||
* FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 65, Main Steam and Feedwater Isolation Valves Test Summary | |||
* FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 78, Integrated Hot Functional Test Summary | |||
* FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 83, Containment Isolation System Test Summary D. 2-TSD-1-1, Rev. 0, Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves E. Drawings | |||
: 1. Flow Diagrams | |||
: a. 2-47W801-1, Flow Diagram Main & Reheat Steam, Rev. 11 | |||
: b. 2-47W848-6, Mechanical Flow Diagram Control Air, Rev. 7 | |||
: c. 2-47W848-9, Mechanical Flow Diagram Control Air, Rev. 8 | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 144 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | |||
: 2. Electrical | : 2. Electrical | ||
: a. 2-45W600-1-2, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic | : a. 2-45W600-1-2, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1 | ||
: b. 2-45W600-1-5, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 2 | |||
: c. 2-45W600-1-6, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1 | |||
: d. 2-45W600-1-7, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1 | |||
: e. 2-47W610-1-1, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10 | |||
-IA, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System,Rev. | : f. 2-47W610-1 -IA, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10 | ||
: g. 2-47W610-1-2, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10 | |||
: h. 2-47W610-1-2A, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10 | |||
: n. 45N2630-58, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 58, Rev. 10, DRA 52322-194, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-155, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-156, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-158, Rev. 0, | : i. 45W703-7, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III PNL 4 Connection Diagram Sheet 7, Rev. 19 | ||
: j. 1-45W703-7A, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III PNL 4 Connection Diagram, Rev. 14 | |||
: k. 45W703-8, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV PNL 4 Connection Diagram, Rev. 20 | |||
-Schematic Output Relays | : 1. 2-45W703-8A, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV PNL 4 Connection Diagram Sheet 8A, Rev. 0 | ||
-Schematic Output Relays | : m. 45N2630-39, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 39, Rev. 15, DRA 53217-131, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-132, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-133, Rev. 0 | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 144 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | |||
If the component | : n. 45N2630-58, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 58, Rev. 10, DRA 52322-194, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-155, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-156, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-158, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-159, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-162, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-163, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-168, Rev. 0 | ||
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or | : o. 45N2630-59, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 59, Rev. 9, DRA 53217-154, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-157, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-160, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-161, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-164, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-165, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-169, Rev. 0 | ||
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with | : p. 45N2630-77, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 77, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-128, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-129, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-167, Rev. 0 | ||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document | : q. 45N2643-4, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-4 Connection Diagrams SH 4, Rev. 14, DRA 53217-176, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-177, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-178, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-179, Rev. 0 | ||
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological | : r. 2-45N2643-9, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-4 Connection Diagrams SH 9, Rev. 0 | ||
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or | : s. 2-47W611-1-1, Electrical Logic Diagram Main and Reheat Steam, Rev. 4 | ||
: t. 2-45N2676-4, Wiring Diagram Solid State Protection System Train A Connection Diagram, Rev. 1 | |||
I. Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located | : u. 45N2677-4, Wiring Diagram Solid State Protection System Train B Connection Diagram, Rev. CC | ||
J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure the actuating rod is | : v. 2-54114-1-1082H70-19, Electrical - Schematic Output Relays Solid State Protection System, Rev. 0 | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : w. 2-54114-1-1082H70-27D, Electrical - Schematic Output Relays Solid State Protection System, Rev. 0 | ||
K. Portions of this test will be conducted around steam. Caution should be | : x. 1082H70-27A, SSPS Schematic Diagram, Rev. AE | ||
N. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially | : y. 1082H70-27D, SSPS Schematic Diagram, Rev. AE | ||
This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. | |||
P. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 144 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be reverified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 entry made. | ||
[4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT | C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN) in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. | ||
D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. | ||
[7] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's),Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) | F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required. | ||
[9] VERIFY system cleanliness as required for the performance | G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas. | ||
[11] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required | H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | I. Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | ||
[13] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential | J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation or visual indication. | ||
[14] VERIFY the following systems are operational and have | |||
[16] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 144 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | ||
[17] CONDUCT pre-test briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[18] ESTABLISH communications in areas where testing is to | K. Portions of this test will be conducted around steam. Caution should be used when in those areas. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | L. The Main Steam System will be in service and dedicated to the performance of this test. Caution should be used when operating a system that interfaces with the Main Steam System. | ||
[19] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS)points are in scan:A. FD2000, SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION | M. Opening MSIVs with greater than 25 psid across them could cause a water hammer in the steam lines, or a negative rate SI or steam line isolation. | ||
[21] ENSURE water chemistry for systems/components with | N. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 0. During performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive. | ||
P. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN). | |||
+ 1%, chart speed accuracy | |||
+ 0.24%, + 0.6mm)* Metal ruler, at least 6 inches long with 1/16 inch markings WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 144 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITES NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply. | ||
: 1. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 | 4.1 Preliminary Actions | ||
[1] VERIFY the test performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including the change notices. | |||
[2] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, and ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. | |||
[3] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. | |||
[2] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | [4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, and ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package. | ||
[5] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), and ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results. | |||
[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[7] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), | |||
Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs and T-Mods that were reviewed to the data package. | |||
[8] ENSURE a review of outstanding clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance and RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. | |||
[9] VERIFY system cleanliness as required for the performance of this test has been completed in accordance with SMP-7.0. | |||
[10] ENSURE all piping supports required for testing are installed and adjusted as required. | |||
[11] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, placed in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log. | |||
[12] VERIFY M&TE calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[13] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master switches are ON, and the window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows. | |||
A. 2-XA-55-3C/57-E B. 2-XA-55-6F/148-B C. 2-XA-55-6F/148-C D. 2-XA-55-1C/19-B E. 2-XA-55-1C/20-B | |||
[14] VERIFY the following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test: | |||
A. System 032, Control Air to all AOVs B. System 01, Main Steam Pressure up to the turbine stop valves and condenser steam dump valves C. 125V DC Battery Board III D. 125V DC Battery Board IV E. 120V AC Vital Instrument Board 2-111 Breaker 27 F. 120V AC Vital Instrument Board 2-IV Breaker 28 | |||
[15] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. | |||
[16] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure NO conditions exist that will impact test performance. | |||
[17] CONDUCT pre-test briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. | |||
[18] ESTABLISH communications in areas where testing is to be conducted. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[19] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS) points are in scan: | |||
A. FD2000, SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE B. FD2002, SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE C. FD2004, SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE D. FD2006, SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE | |||
[20] REVIEW preventive maintenance for systems components covered by this test, and VERIFY NO conditions exist that will impact test performance. | |||
[21] ENSURE water chemistry for systems/components with water sources other than normal water sources is appropriate for testing. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 144 Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies | |||
[1] OBTAIN two test leads, 22 AWG or larger, one long enough to reach from the back to the front of 2-R-48, approximately 20 feet, and the other approximately 6 feet long. | |||
[2] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates (if required), and RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. | |||
Digital Stopwatch (2) Micronta Model 63-5010 or equivalent, accuracy of +/- 0.1 second | |||
* Multichannel recorders (2) Western Graphtec model WR3101 or equivalent (6 channels to record 125 VDC on or off voltage, accuracy + 1%, chart speed accuracy + 0.24%, + 0.6mm) | |||
* Metal ruler, at least 6 inches long with 1/16 inch markings | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations NOTE The recorders in Steps 4.3[1] through 4.3[8] should be connected with alligator clips to avoid inadvertent circuit interruption and MSIV closure. | |||
[1] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-4 Train A as follows (Section 6.6): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals I 2-M-4 A-30 5 and 6 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-30 4 and 9 Cv | |||
*3 2-R-48 TB624 5 and 6 Cv 2-R-48 TB624 7 and 8 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-30 1 and 9 Cv | |||
*(K616 contacts 1 and 2) | |||
**(K616 contacts 3 and 4) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | |||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 5. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 3.45N2676-4, 45W600-1-5 | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[2] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-4 Train B as follows (Section 6.6): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-7 6 and 7 CV 2 2-M-4 A-30 4 and 9 CV | |||
*3 2-R-51 TB624 5 and 6 CV | |||
**4 2-R-51 TB624 7 and 8 CV 5 2-M-4 A-30 1 and 9 CV | |||
*(K616 contacts I and 2) | |||
**(K616 contacts 3 and 4) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | : 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | : 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | ||
: 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[3] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[3] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-I-1 1 Train A as follows (Section 6.7): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-4 7 and 8 CV 2 2-M-4 A-4 6 and 11 CV | |||
*3 2-R-48 TB624 9 and 10 CV | |||
**4 2-R-48 TB624 11 and 12 CV 5 2-M-4 A-4 3 and 11 CV | |||
*(K616 contacts 7 and 8) | |||
**(K616 contacts 9 and 10) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | : 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | ||
: 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[4] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[4] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-1 1 Train B as follows (Section 6.7): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals I 2-M-4 B-8 6 and 7 CV 2 2-M-4 A-4 6 and 11 CV | |||
*3 2-R-51 TB624 9 and 10 CV | |||
**4 2-R-51 TB624 11 and 12 CV 5 2-M-4 A-4 3 and 11 Cv | |||
*(K616 contacts 7 and 8) | |||
**(K616 contacts 9 and 10) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | : 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | : 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | ||
: 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[5] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[5] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-22 Train A as follows (Section 6.8): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-2 8 and 9 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-2 7 and 12 Cv | |||
*3 2-R-48 TB625 9 and 10 Cv | |||
**4 2-R-48 TB625 11 and 12 Cv 2-M-4 A-2 4 and 12 Cv | |||
*(K623 contacts 1 and 2) | |||
**(K623 contacts 3 and 4) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | : 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | ||
: 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[6] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[6] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-22 Train B as follows (Section 6.8): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-9 6 and 7 cv 2 2-M-4 A-2 7 and 12 CV | |||
*3 2-R-51 TB625 9 and 10 Cv 2-R-51 TB625 11 and 12 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-2 4 and 12 Cv | |||
*(K623 contacts 1 and 2) | |||
**(K623 contacts 9 and 10) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | : 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | : 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | ||
: 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[7] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[7] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-29 Train A as follows (Section 6.9): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-1 5 and 6 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-1 4 and 9 Cv | |||
*3 2-R-48 TB626 1 and 2 Cv | |||
**4 2-R-48 TB626 3 and 4 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-1 1 and 9 Cv | |||
*(K623 contacts 7 and 8) | |||
**(K623 contacts 9 and 10) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | : 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5 | ||
: 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[8] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[8] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-29 Train B as follows (Section 6.9): | |||
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-14 6 and 7 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-1 4 and 9 Cv | |||
*3 2-R-51 TB626 1 and 2 CV | |||
**4 2-R-51 TB626 3 and 4 CV 5 2-M-4 A-1 1 and 9 Cv | |||
*(K623 contacts 7 and 8) | |||
**(K623 contacts 9 and 10) | |||
Drawings: | |||
: 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | : 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6 | ||
: 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | : 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
: 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | : 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6 | ||
: 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | : 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7 | ||
: 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | : 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5 | ||
[91 VERIFY spring cans identified for System 001 testing | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[101 VERIFY supports required for System 001 testing are in | [91 VERIFY spring cans identified for System 001 testing are installed, unpinned, and on scale with NO visual indication of damage, loose parts, or interferences. | ||
[11] VERIFY snubbers identified for System 001 testing | [101 VERIFY supports required for System 001 testing are in place or an equivalent engineering approved temporary support is installed. | ||
[12] MARK the closed position on the MSIVs in a convenient | [11] VERIFY snubbers identified for System 001 testing are installed with NO visual indication of damage, loose parts or interferences. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | [12] MARK the closed position on the MSIVs in a convenient spot as a reference for measuring the partial stroke. | ||
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager | |||
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor (US/SRO) or Shift Manager(SM) authorization. | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 144 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications | ||
US/SRO/SM Signature Date WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | [1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. | ||
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[5], 6.6[10], | Date Preoperational Startup Manager Signature | ||
6.6[16], | [2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor (US/SRO) or Shift Manager (SM) authorization. | ||
6.6[17])B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[5], 6.7[10], | US/SRO/SM Signature Date | ||
6.7[16], | |||
6.7[17])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[5], 6.8[10], | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA | ||
6.8[16], | [1] Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valves can be operated from the Control Room and remotely as follows: | ||
6.8[17])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[5], 6.9[10], | [1.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve can be operated from its respective handswitches and indicating lights in the Main and Auxiliary Control Rooms indicate correct status and the alarms in the control room will annunciate correctly. | ||
6.9[16], | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[5], 6.6[10], 6.6[16], 6.6[17]) | ||
6.9[17])[1.2] The transfer switch will close the Main Steam Isolation Valves.A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[14], | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[5], 6.7[10], 6.7[16], 6.7[17]) | ||
6.6[29])B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.7[14], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[5], 6.8[10], 6.8[16], 6.8[17]) | ||
6.7[29])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[5], 6.9[10], 6.9[16], 6.9[17]) | ||
6.8[29])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9(14], | [1.2] The transfer switch will close the Main Steam Isolation Valves. | ||
6.9[29])[1.3] Alarms and the Unit 2 Events Display Screen will annunciate | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[14], 6.6[29]) | ||
6.6[29])B. 2-FCV-I-11 (Step 6.7(14], | B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.7[14], 6.7[29]) | ||
6.7[29])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], 6.8[29]) | ||
6.8[29])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[14], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9(14], 6.9[29]) | ||
6.9[29]) | [1.3] Alarms and the Unit 2 Events Display Screen will annunciate and record the MSIV CLOSED status when the transfer switch is used to close the valves. | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6(14], 6.6[29]) | ||
[1.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve can be closed 10% | B. 2-FCV-I-11 (Step 6.7(14], 6.7[29]) | ||
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[18], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], 6.8[29]) | ||
6.6[34])B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7(18], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[14], 6.9[29]) | ||
6.7[34])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[18], | |||
6.8[34])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[18], | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
6.9[34])[1.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve can be operated from | [1.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve can be closed 10% of full stroke from the test handswitches. | ||
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[6], 6.2[7])B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[6], 6.3[7])C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[6], 6.4[7])D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[6], 6.5[7])[1.6] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will NOT operate unless | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[18], 6.6[34]) | ||
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[5], 6.2[10])B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[5], 6.3[101)C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[5], 6.4[10])D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[5], 6.5[10])[1.7] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will fail closed on loss | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7(18], 6.7[34]) | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[18], 6.8[34]) | ||
[2] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valves close | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[18], 6.9[34]) | ||
[1.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve can be operated from their respective handswitches in the Main Control Room and their respective indicating lights indicate the correct valve position. | |||
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[6], 6.2[7]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[6], 6.3[7]) | |||
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[6], 6.4[7]) | |||
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[6], 6.5[7]) | |||
[1.6] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will NOT operate unless the local handswitches are in the POWER ON position. | |||
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[5], 6.2[10]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[5], 6.3[101) | |||
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[5], 6.4[10]) | |||
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[5], 6.5[10]) | |||
[1.7] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will fail closed on loss of control air. | |||
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[34]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[34]) | |||
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[34]) | |||
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[34]) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | |||
[2] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valves close upon receipt of an isolation signal. | |||
[2.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve closes on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train A. | |||
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[5.1]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.10.1[5.2]) | B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.10.1[5.2]) | ||
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[5.1]) | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[5.1]) | ||
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[5.2]) | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[5.2]) | ||
[2.2] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve closes on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break | [2.2] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve closes on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train B. | ||
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.11.1[5.1]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1-11(Step 6.11.1[5.2]) | B. 2-FCV-1-11(Step 6.11.1[5.2]) | ||
C. 2-FCV-1 -22 (Step 6.11.2[5.1]) | C. 2-FCV-1 -22 (Step 6.11.2[5.1]) | ||
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.11.2[5.2]) | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.11.2[5.2]) | ||
[2.3] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close | [2.3] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close within ten seconds on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train A. | ||
6.10.3[6]) | A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.10.3[5], 6.10.3[6]) | ||
B. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[12], | B. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[12], 6.10.3[13]) | ||
6.10.3[13]) | [2.4] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close within ten seconds on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train B. | ||
[2.4] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close | A. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.11.3[5], 6.11.3[6]) | ||
6.11.3[6]) | B. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[12], 6.11.3[13]) | ||
B. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[12], | |||
6.11.3[13]) | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | [3] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valve closure time meet Technical Specification (Draft) requirements as follows: | ||
[3] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valve closure time | [3.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will close within six seconds from receipt of a closure signal (Train A or Train B). | ||
6.11.117.1]) | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[7.1], 6.11.117.1]) | ||
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[7.2], | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[7.2], 6.11.1[7.2]) | ||
6.11.1[7.2]) | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.217.1], 6.11.2[7.1]) | ||
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.217.1], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[7.2], 6.11.2[7.2]) | ||
6.11.2[7.1]) | [4) The Safety Related Controls and Interlocks function as identified below: | ||
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[7.2], | [4.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will fail close within ten seconds from loss of its respective control power. | ||
6.11.2[7.2]) | A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[15], 6.2[16], 6.2[17]) | ||
[4) The Safety Related Controls and Interlocks function | B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[15], 6.3[16], 6.3117]) | ||
6.2[16], | C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[15], 6.4[16], 6.4[17]) | ||
6.2[17])B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[15], | D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[15], 6.5116], 6.5[17]) | ||
6.3[16], | [4.2] A Main Steam Isolation Valve closure signal will override the test close sequence. | ||
6.3117])C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[15], | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1124.1], 6.11.1[23.1]) | ||
6.4[16], | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[24.2], 6.11.1123.2]) | ||
6.4[17])D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[15], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[22.1], 6.11.2[23.1]) | ||
6.5116], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[22.2], 6.11.2[23.2]) | ||
6.5[17])[4.2] A Main Steam Isolation Valve closure signal will | |||
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1124.1], | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
6.11.1[23.1]) | [4.3] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from loss of control power from Train A in -<6 seconds. | ||
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[24.2], | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[23), 6.6[25]) | ||
6.11.1123.2]) | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[23], 6.7[25]) | ||
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[22.1], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[23], 6.8[25]) | ||
6.11.2[23.1]) | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[23], 6.9[25]) | ||
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[22.2], | [4.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from loss of control power from Train B in -<6 seconds. | ||
6.11.2[23.2]) | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[40], 6.6[44]) | ||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. | B. 2-FCV-1-1 1 (Step 6.7[40], 6.7[44]) | ||
[4.3] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[40], 6.8[44]) | ||
6.6[25])B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[23], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[40], 6.9[44]) | ||
6.7[25])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[23], | [4.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve and Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will remain closed when the ESFAS signal is reset. | ||
6.8[25])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[23], | A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[14], 6.11.1(14]) | ||
6.9[25])[4.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from | B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[15], 6.11.1[15]) | ||
6.6[44])B. 2-FCV-1-1 1 (Step 6.7[40], | C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[14], 6.11.2[14]) | ||
6.7[44])C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[40], | D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2(15], 6.11.2[15]) | ||
6.8[44])D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[40], | |||
6.9[44])[4.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve and Main | |||
6.11.1(14]) | |||
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[15], | |||
6.11.1[15]) | |||
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[14], | |||
6.11.2[14]) | |||
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2(15], | |||
6.11.2[15]) | |||
E. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.10.3[18.1]) | E. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.10.3[18.1]) | ||
F. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.11.3[18.1]) | F. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.11.3[18.1]) | ||
G. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[18.2]) | G. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[18.2]) | ||
H. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[18.2]) | H. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[18.2]) | ||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 144 Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTE Piping vibration is to be visually monitored in accordance with N3C-945 during steady state and transient conditions. Any excessive vibration will result in a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN). | ||
6.1 Initial Conditions | |||
[1] VERIFY all Precautions and Limitations in Section 3.0 have been reviewed. | |||
[2] VERIFY that all Prerequisites in Section 4.0 are complete. | |||
[3] VERIFY Unit 2 RCS is at the 557 0F plateau in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01. | |||
[4] PERFORM the Handswitch Lineup listed in Appendix D. | |||
6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, El. 729/SVR, is in the CLOSED position. | |||
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-147, SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT. | |||
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-147 remain NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued) | |||
[4] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-147 remained CLOSED. | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, at JB-5163 El. 737/A13U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]A) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-147 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation) | |||
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]A) | |||
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-147 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]A) | |||
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[7.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued) | |||
[9] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN. | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]A) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT. | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT. | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -147 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation) | |||
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -147 (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. | |||
: 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III (757/QA1 1, Panel 4 rear) (Dwg 45W703-7) Column C, to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1-147, and START the timer. | |||
CV | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -147 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A) | |||
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A) | |||
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time, seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued) | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse. | |||
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-IC 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT. | |||
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL, is NOT LIT. | |||
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse. | |||
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT. | |||
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -147 (continued) | |||
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III. | |||
CV | |||
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1-147. | |||
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3275, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-147. | |||
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-147, Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]A) | |||
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -147 NOT LIT | |||
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1 -147 Control Air Pressure Regulator. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued) | |||
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3275, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT | |||
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -147 LIT | |||
[38] PLACE 2-HS-1-147 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection of is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, El. 729/NVR is in the CLOSED position. | |||
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-148, SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, are NOT LIT. | |||
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-148 remain NOT LIT. | |||
[4] VERIFY, by valve stem observation that 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED. | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, 2-JB-292-8272, A12U/757, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]B) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-148 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]B) | |||
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT | |||
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT | |||
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-148 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]B) | |||
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT | |||
[7.2) Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT | |||
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN. | |||
[9] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN. | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]B) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT | |||
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[11.3] 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT | |||
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fusesidevices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. | |||
: 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
(13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV (757/QA12, Panel 4 rear) Column C (Dwg 45W703-8), to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1 -148 and START the timer. | |||
CV | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -148 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B) | |||
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B) | |||
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (__10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse. | |||
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is LIT. | |||
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse. | |||
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is LIT. | |||
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV. | |||
CV | |||
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1 -148. | |||
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT | |||
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3577, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-148. | |||
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1 -148 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]B) | |||
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT | |||
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1 -148 Control Air Pressure Regulator. | |||
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3577 and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued) | |||
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT | |||
[38] PLACE 2-HS-1-148 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, El. 729/NVR is in the CLOSED position. | |||
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-149, SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT. | |||
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-149 remain NOT LIT. | |||
[4] VERIFY by valve stem observation that 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED. | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, 2-JB-292-8273 El. 757, Col. All U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]C) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]C) | |||
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-149 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]C) | |||
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN. | |||
[9] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -149 is OPEN. | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]C) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
(11] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT | |||
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1 -149 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT | |||
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. | |||
: 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III (757/QA11, Panel 4 rear) (Dwg 45W703-7) Column C, to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1 -149, and START the timer. | |||
CV | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -149 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C) | |||
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C) | |||
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -149 (continued) | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse. | |||
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL, is LIT. | |||
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0001/C44-A negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse. | |||
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT. | |||
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT above 2-HS-1-149. | |||
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3673, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1 -149. | |||
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-149 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]C) | |||
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT | |||
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1-149 Control Air Pressure Regulator. | |||
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3673, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
[371 PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT | |||
[38] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1 -149 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, El. 729/SVR is in the CLOSED position. | |||
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-150, SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT. | |||
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-150, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1 -150 remain NOT LIT. | |||
[4] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-150 remained CLOSED. | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-150B, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, JB-5162 El. 737, Col. A13U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]D) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-150 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 (continued) | |||
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]D) | |||
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT | |||
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT | |||
[6.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1 -150 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]D) | |||
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT | |||
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN. | |||
[9] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN. | |||
[101 PLACE 2-HS-1-1 50B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]D) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-150B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT | |||
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT | |||
[12.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement. | |||
: 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV(757/QA12, Panel 4 rear) Column C (Dwg 45W703-8), to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1-150, and START the timer. | |||
CV | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT. | |||
[151 VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -150 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D) | |||
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D) | |||
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time. | |||
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse. | |||
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is LIT. | |||
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, NOT LIT. | |||
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse. | |||
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red). | |||
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is LIT. | |||
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip. | |||
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green). | |||
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV. | |||
CV | |||
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1 -150. | |||
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT | |||
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3261, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-150. | |||
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-150 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]D) | |||
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT | |||
[34.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1-150 Control Air Pressure Regulator. | |||
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3261, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT | |||
[38] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1-150 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED. | |||
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 59 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
: 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position. | |||
: 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at Normal Operating Pressure/Normal Operating Temperature (NOP/NOT) in accordance with 2-PTI-68-01. | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, El. | |||
729/SVR is OPEN. | |||
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and operating the handswitch. | |||
[4] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A) | |||
[5.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[5.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL. | |||
729/SVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[5.6] Computer Point FD2000 SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED | |||
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2000 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4 Train A circuits. | |||
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4 Train A circuits. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT | |||
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED in NORMAL (Green) | |||
'[10.6] Computer Point FD2000 SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS | |||
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-4 OPEN time seconds | |||
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-4A, SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-1 1A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]A, 5.0[1.3]A) | |||
[14.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[14.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 IA, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN ,and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[15.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[15.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-4A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A) | |||
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.4] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-4B, JB-5163, [737/A13U] is NOT LIT | |||
[16.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[16.6] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS INAUX is NOT LIT | |||
[16.7] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A) | |||
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.4] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[17.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12] | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]A) | |||
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-4, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% | |||
OPEN position | |||
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches | |||
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-4, goes to the FULL OPEN position | |||
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[20.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[20.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.4] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT | |||
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 65 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[20.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -4, SG I MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[22.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-3/A46 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[22.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-3/B46 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]A) | |||
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-4 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]A) 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III: | |||
[26.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-3/A46 CV | |||
[26.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-3/B46 CV | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT. | |||
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-4B, SG 1 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]A, 5.0[1.3]A) | |||
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[29.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO and | |||
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-4B, Panel 2-L-11B, in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX NOT LIT | |||
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT | |||
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162, is NOT LIT | |||
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is LIT | |||
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position. | |||
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]A) | |||
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-4 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position | |||
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-4 is FULL OPEN | |||
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A remains LIT | |||
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B remains LIT | |||
[36] PLACE 2-HS-1-4D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT | |||
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT | |||
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fusesidevices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[39.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-4/A46, 125VDC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[39.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-4/B46, 125VDC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]A) | |||
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-4 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV: | |||
[42.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-4/A46 CV | |||
[42.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-4/B46 CV | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]A) 2-FCV-1-4 close time (___ | |||
6 seconds) | |||
[45] CLOSE 0-ISV-32-1259, CONTROL AIR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-4, [737/A14U]. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-592, 2-FCV-1-4 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15U], and VERIFY the following: | |||
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-592. | |||
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1259, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT | |||
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT | |||
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (local valve observation) | |||
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-147, LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001 -01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
: 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position. | |||
: 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01. | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, El. | |||
729/NVR is OPEN. | |||
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation. | |||
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL 729/NVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[5.6] Computer Point FD2002 SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED | |||
[6] STOP the test recorder connected when Computer Point FD2002 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-I-11 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11 Train A circuits. | |||
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-I-11 Train A circuits. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B) | |||
(10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT (10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT | |||
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is NORMAL (Green) | |||
[10.6] Computer Point FD2002 SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS (11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-11 OPEN time seconds | |||
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 IA, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT. | |||
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-11A, SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]B, 5.0[1.3]B) | |||
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A LIT | |||
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11 A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-11Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is LIT | |||
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT | |||
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-11A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B) | |||
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, located at JB-5165, 729/Aux, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT | |||
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT | |||
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B) | |||
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT | |||
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT | |||
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12] | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-1 1B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]B) | |||
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-11 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% | |||
OPEN position | |||
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches | |||
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -11 B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-11 goes to the FULL OPEN position | |||
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A remains LIT | |||
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B remains LIT | |||
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[20.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B is NOT LIT | |||
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[22.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-3/A47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[22.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-3/B47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]B) | |||
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT 123.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[23.3] 2-FCV-I-1i1 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-1 1 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]B) 2-FCV-I-11 close time (___ | |||
6 seconds) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III: | |||
[26.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-3/A47 CV | |||
[26.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-3/B47 CV | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT. | |||
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MSIV, Panel 2-L-1 1B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]B, 5.0[1.3]B) | |||
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[29.3] 2-FCV-l-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-11Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[30.3] 2-FCV-1 -11 remains CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-11B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX NOT LIT | |||
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B is NOT LIT | |||
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164, 729/Aux, is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT | |||
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11D is LIT | |||
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the TEST MAIN position. | |||
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]B) | |||
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-11 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position | |||
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT | |||
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-1 is FULL OPEN | |||
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A remains LIT | |||
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B remains LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[36] PLACE 2-HS-i-11 D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT | |||
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT | |||
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT | |||
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 D is NOT LIT | |||
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is LIT | |||
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 B is NOT LIT | |||
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[39.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-4/A47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[39.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-4/B47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]B) | |||
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT | |||
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A NOT LIT | |||
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-1 1 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV: | |||
[42.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-4/A47 CV | |||
[42.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-4/B47 CV | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT (43.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]B) 2-FCV-1-11 close time _ (_ 6 seconds) | |||
[45] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-1463, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-11, [732/A14U]. | |||
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-612, 2-FCV-1-11 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/Al5X], and VERIFY the following: | |||
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-612. | |||
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1463, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT | |||
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT | |||
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (local valve observation) | |||
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-148, LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
: 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position. | |||
: 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01. | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, EL. | |||
729/NVR is OPEN. | |||
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation. | |||
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL. 729/NVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[5.6] Computer Point FD2004 SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE, indicates CLOSED | |||
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2004 indicates the valve is closed and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -22 Train A circuits. | |||
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -22 Train A circuits. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-22Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT | |||
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[10.6] Computer Point FD2004 SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS | |||
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-22 OPEN time seconds | |||
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-22A, SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0(1.2]C, 5.0(1.3]C) | |||
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[14.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-22A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C) | |||
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1-22B SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, located at JB-5165 | |||
[729/Aux] is NOT LIT | |||
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT | |||
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NORMAL (Green) | |||
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT | |||
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C) | |||
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT | |||
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B NOT LIT | |||
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-22B is LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12] | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]C) | |||
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-22, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% | |||
OPEN position (by valve stem observation) | |||
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT | |||
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches | |||
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-22, goes to the FULL OPEN position | |||
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A remains LIT | |||
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B remains LIT | |||
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[20.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[22.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-3/A48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[22.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-3/B48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]C) | |||
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-22 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]C) 2-FCV-1-22 close time ((< 6 seconds) | |||
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD II: | |||
[26.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-3/A48 CV | |||
[26.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-3/B48 CV | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT. | |||
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-22B, SG 3 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11 B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]C, 5.0[1.3]C) | |||
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[29.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation). | |||
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR, PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX is LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-22Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-22B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT (31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX, is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT | |||
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT | |||
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164, is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT | |||
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is LIT | |||
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position. | |||
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]C) | |||
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-22, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position | |||
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT | |||
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-22 is FULL OPEN | |||
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A remains LIT | |||
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B remains LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[36] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1-22D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT | |||
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT | |||
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is NOT LIT | |||
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT | |||
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[39.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-4/A48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[39.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-4/B48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]C) | |||
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT | |||
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A NOT LIT | |||
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1 -22 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV: | |||
[42.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-4/A48 CV | |||
[42.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-4/B48 CV | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]C) 2-FCV-1-22 close time (__ | |||
< 6 seconds) | |||
[45] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-1462, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1 -22, [732/A14 U]. | |||
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-610, 2-FCV-1 -22 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15X], and VERIFY the following: | |||
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[46.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-610. | |||
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1462, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT | |||
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT | |||
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (local valve observation) | |||
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-149, LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable. | |||
: 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations. | |||
: 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached .the desired position. | |||
: 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01. | |||
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1 -150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, EL. | |||
729/SVR is OPEN. | |||
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation. | |||
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D) | |||
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, El. | |||
729/SVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[5.6] Computer Point FD2006 SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED | |||
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2006 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-29 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-29 Train A circuits. | |||
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-29 Train A circuits. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-29Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D) | |||
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT | |||
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[10.6] Computer Point FD2006 SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS | |||
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number. | |||
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
2-FCV-1-29 OPEN time seconds | |||
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-29A, SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]D, 5.0[1.3]D) | |||
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation). | |||
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is LIT | |||
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT | |||
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red) | |||
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-29A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D) | |||
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A located at JB-5163,n | |||
[737/Al 3U] is NOT LIT | |||
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS INAUX, is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT | |||
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S) | |||
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D) | |||
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-29B is LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12] | |||
[18] PLACE and HOLD handswitch 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]D) | |||
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1 -29 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% | |||
OPEN position (18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT | |||
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches | |||
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-29 goes to the FULL OPEN position | |||
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A remains LIT | |||
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B remains LIT | |||
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[20.1) Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[22.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-3/A49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[22.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-3/B49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]D) | |||
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1 -29 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]D) 2-FCV-1-29 close time (___ | |||
6 seconds) | |||
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III: | |||
[26.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-3/A49 CV | |||
[26.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-3/B49 CV | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT. | |||
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-29B, SG 4 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]D, 5.0[1.3]D) | |||
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[29.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red) | |||
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 106 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX, is LIT. | |||
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-29B, Panel 2-L-11B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green) | |||
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT | |||
[31.51 Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162, 729/Al 3U, is NOT LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is LIT | |||
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position. | |||
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MOM, position and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]D) | |||
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1 -29 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position | |||
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT | |||
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-29 is FULL OPEN | |||
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A remains LIT | |||
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B remains LIT | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[36] PLACE 2-HS-1-29D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT (36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT (36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is NOT LIT (37] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT | |||
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses. | |||
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater). | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components. | |||
[391 REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses: | |||
[39.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-4/A49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[39.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-4/B49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV | |||
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]D) | |||
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT | |||
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -29A NOT LIT | |||
[40.3] 2-FCV-1 -29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation) | |||
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-29 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV: | |||
[42.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-4/A49 CV | |||
[42.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-4/B49 CV | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued) | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation) | |||
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]D) 2-FCV-1-29 close time (___ | |||
6 seconds) | |||
[45] CLOSE 0-ISV-32-1257, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-29, [729/A14U]. | |||
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-594, 2-FCV-1 -29 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15U], and VERIFY the following: | |||
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (local valve observation) | |||
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-594. | |||
[48] OPEN 0-ISV-32-1257, and VERIFY the following: | |||
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT | |||
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT | |||
[48.3] 2-FCV-1 -29 is OPEN (local valve observation) | |||
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-150, LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 144 Date 6.10 Train A SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.10.1 and 6.10.2 and 6.10.3 may be performed out of order. | |||
: 2) Section 6.10 involves safeguard actuation of all U2 MSIV and the train A MSIV warming valves by simulating a Steam Line Isolation (SLI) signal to SSPS slave relays 2-RLY-99-K616A, 2-RLY-99-K617A, 2-RLY-99-K623A and 2-RLY-99-K624A. | |||
* Each Relay is Located in 2-R-48 | |||
* Each Relay will latch-in upon receipt of an SLI signal | |||
: 3) Notify U2 SRO/UO that 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, will alarm and clear multiple times during the performance of this Section. | |||
: 4) MSIV warming valves: 2-FCV-1 -147, 2-FCV-1 -148, 2-FCV-1 -149 & 2-FCV-1 -150 may be in any position during the performance of 6.10.1 & 6.10.2 as required by U2 SRO/UO. | |||
: 5) Throughout Section 6.10 valve Position Verification will be based on 2-M-4 Handswitch Indication for each valve: (e.g. 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A and OPEN for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A). | |||
: 6) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1 -4 & 2-FCV-1 -11 | |||
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open: | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] START the Train A test recorders for 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-i-11. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D). | |||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]A) | |||
[5.2] 2-FC\V-1-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]B) | |||
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(_ 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]A) | |||
[7.2] 2-FCV-I-11 close time_(_ 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]B) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position: | |||
[8.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4 | |||
[8.2] 2-HS-1-1 1A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4 | |||
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED: | |||
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED | |||
[9.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position: | |||
[10.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1 | |||
[10.2] 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2 NOTE Steps 6.10.1[11] through 6.10.1[20] test the manual reset of the trip relay. | |||
[11] ENSURE the Power Operated Relief Valves (PORV) are available for pressure control. | |||
[12] PLACE the following handswitches to CLOSE: | |||
[12.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1 | |||
[12.2] 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2 | |||
[12.3] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG3 | |||
[12.4] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG4 | |||
[13] PLACE 2-HS-1 -4A to Pull-To-Lock (PTL) to reset the trip relay. | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]A) | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-11 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]B) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to the OPEN position, and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11 A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
[18] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
[19] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[20] VERIFY the following: | |||
[20.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN | |||
[20.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN | |||
[20.3] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN | |||
[20.4] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN | |||
[21] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position | |||
[21.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163 | |||
[21.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165 | |||
[22] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV: | |||
[22.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-4A LIT | |||
[22.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT | |||
[23] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D). | |||
[24] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and: | |||
[24.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]A) | |||
[24.2] 2-FCV-1-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]B) | |||
[25] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[25.1] 2-HS-1-4B | |||
[25.2] 2-HS-1-11B | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[26] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
[27.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN | |||
[27.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN | |||
[28] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position: | |||
[28.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[28.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 | |||
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open: | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] START the Train A test recorders for 2-FCV-1-22 and 2-FCV-1-29. | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K623A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48). (Dwg 1082H70-27D) | |||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]C) | |||
[5.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]D) | |||
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1-22 and 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]C) | |||
[7.2] 2-FCV-1-29 close time_(_ 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]D) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001 -01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position: | |||
[8.1] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4 | |||
[8.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4 | |||
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED: | |||
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED | |||
[9.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED | |||
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position: | |||
[10.1] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3 | |||
[10.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4 | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]C) | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]D) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to the OPEN position, and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to the OPEN position and RELEASE to A AUTO position. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN | |||
[18.2] 2-FCV-1 -29 OPEN | |||
[19] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position | |||
[19.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163 | |||
[19.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165 | |||
[20] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV: | |||
[20.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT | |||
[20.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT | |||
[21] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K623A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48). (Dwg 1082H70-27D) | |||
[22] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and: | |||
[22.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]C) | |||
[22.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]D) | |||
[23] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[23.1] 2-HS-1-22B | |||
[23.2] 2-HS-1-29B | |||
[24] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[25] VERIFY the following: | |||
[25.1] 2-FCV-1 -22 OPEN | |||
[25.2] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN | |||
[26] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position: | |||
[26.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[26.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149 | |||
[1] ENSURE the following: | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-147. | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-149. | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR). | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1-147 changes from LIT to NOT LIT. | |||
: 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K617A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-147 using stopwatch. | |||
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 is CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]A) | |||
[6] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -147 stroke time. | |||
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]A) | |||
[7] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -147, SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position. | |||
[8] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 remains CLOSED. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
[9] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -147 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-147 remains CLOSED. | |||
[10] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR). | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1-149 changes from LIT to NOT LIT. | |||
: 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[11] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K624A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D) and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-149 using stopwatch. | |||
[12] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]B) | |||
[13] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -149 stroke time. | |||
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]B) | |||
[14] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149, SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position. | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-149 remains CLOSED. | |||
[16] RELEASE 2-HS-1-149 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED. | |||
[17] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149 (continued) | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
[18.1] 2-FCV-1 -147 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]E) | |||
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-149 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]G) | |||
[191 PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is full OPEN. | |||
[20] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -147 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 remains OPEN. | |||
[21] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1 -149 is full OPEN. | |||
[22] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -149 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-149 remains OPEN. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 144 Date 6.11 Train B SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing NOTES | |||
: 1) Subsection 6.11.1, 6.11.2 and 6.11.3 may be performed out of order. | |||
: 2) Section 6.11 involves safeguard actuation of all U2 MSIV and the Train B MSIV warming valves by simulating a Steam Line Isolation (SLI) signal to SSPS slave relays 2-RLY-99-K616B, 2-RLY-99-K617B, 2-RLY-99-K623B and 2-RLY-99-K6224. | |||
* Each Relay is Located in 2-R-51 | |||
* Each Relay will latch-in upon receipt of an SLI signal | |||
: 3) Notify U2 SRO/UO that 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, will alarm and clear multiple times during the performance of this Section. | |||
: 4) MSIV warming valves: 2-FCV-1-147, 2-FCV-1-148, 2-FCV-1-149 & 2-FCV-1-150 may be in any position during the performance of 6.11.1 & 6.11.2 as required by U2 SRO/UO. | |||
: 5) Throughout Section 6.11, valve position verification will be based on 2-M-4 Handswitch Indication for each valve: (eg 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A and OPEN for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A). | |||
: 6) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 | |||
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] START the Train B test recorders for 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-I-11. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51). | |||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]A) | |||
[5.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]B) | |||
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1 -4 and 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]A) | |||
[7.2] 2-FCV-1 -11 close time_(_ 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]B) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position: | |||
[8.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4 | |||
[8.2] 2-HS-1-11 A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4 | |||
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED: | |||
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED | |||
[9.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1 -11 (continued) | |||
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position: | |||
[10.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1 | |||
[10.2] 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2 | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]A) | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-11 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]B) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position. | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11 A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position. | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN | |||
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[19] PLACE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[19.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG I MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163 | |||
[19.2] 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165 | |||
[20] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position | |||
[20.1] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162 | |||
[20.2] 2-HS-1-1 1D SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164 | |||
[21] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV: | |||
[21.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-4A LIT | |||
[21.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT | |||
[22] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51). | |||
[23] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and: | |||
[23.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]A) | |||
[23.2] 2-FCV-i-1i1 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]B) | |||
[24] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[24.1] 2-HS-1-4B | |||
[24.2] 2-HS-1-11B | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued) | |||
[25] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[26] VERIFY the following: | |||
[26.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN | |||
[26.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN | |||
[27] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position: | |||
[27.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[27.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[27.3] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B | |||
[27.4] 2-HS-1-11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 | |||
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-1 1, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] START the Train B test recorders for 2-FCV-1 -22 and 2-FCV-1-29. | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51). | |||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]C) | |||
[5.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]D) | |||
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1 -22 and 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number. | |||
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: | |||
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]C) | |||
[7.2] 2-FCV-1-29 close time_(< 6 seconds) | |||
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]D) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position: | |||
[8.11 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4 | |||
[8.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4 | |||
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED: | |||
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED | |||
[9.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED | |||
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position: | |||
[10.1] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3 | |||
[10.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4 | |||
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position. | |||
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]C) | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]D) | |||
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position. | |||
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN | |||
[18.2] 2-FCV-1 -29 OPEN | |||
[19] PLACE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[19.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163 | |||
[19.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165 | |||
[20] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position | |||
[20.1] 2-HS-1-22D, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164 | |||
[20.2] 2-HS-1-29D, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162 | |||
[21] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV: | |||
[21.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT | |||
[21.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT | |||
[22] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51). | |||
[23] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and: | |||
[23.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]C) | |||
[23.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]D) | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued) | |||
[24] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position: | |||
[24.1] 2-HS-1-22B | |||
[24.2] 2-HS-1-29B | |||
[25] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
[26] VERIFY the following: | |||
[26.1] 2-FCV-1 -22 OPEN | |||
[26.2] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN | |||
[27] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position: | |||
[27.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[27.2] 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A | |||
[27.3] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B | |||
[27.4] 2-HS-1 -11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150 | |||
[1] ENSURE the following: | |||
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-148. | |||
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1 -150. | |||
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT. | |||
[3] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR). | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1 -148 changes from LIT to NOT LIT. | |||
: 2) Prior to placement of the jumper a countdown should be performed. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero. | |||
: 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again. | |||
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K617B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-148 using stopwatch. | |||
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]A) | |||
[6] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -148 stroke time. | |||
seconds. (*<10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]A) | |||
[7] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148, SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position. | |||
[8] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED. | |||
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 133 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[9] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -148 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED. | |||
[10] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR). | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1 -150 changes from LIT to NOT LIT. | |||
: 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero. | |||
[11] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K624B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-150 using stopwatch. | |||
[12] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]B) | |||
[13] RECORD 2-FCV-1-150 stroke time. | |||
seconds. (*510 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]B) | |||
[14] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150, SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position. | |||
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED. | |||
[16] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -150 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED. | |||
[17] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 134 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150 (continued) | |||
[18] VERIFY by the following. | |||
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]F) | |||
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-150 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]H) | |||
[19] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is full OPEN. | |||
[20] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -148 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains OPEN. | |||
[21] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is full OPEN | |||
[22] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -150 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains OPEN. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES | |||
[1] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on the Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. | |||
[2] VERIFY no excessive vibration of piping and components was observed or Engineering has evaluated the vibration and found it acceptable or has initiated corrective action. | |||
[3] REMOVE the test recorder connections as indicated below: | |||
[3.1] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals I and 9 A. Train A CV B. Train B CV | |||
[3.2] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals 5 and 6 CV | |||
[3.3] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals 4 and 9 A. Train A CV B. Train B CV | |||
[3.4] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-7, Terminals 6 and 7 CV | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued) | |||
[3.5] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-5 and TB624-6 Cv | |||
[3.6] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-7 and TB624-8 Cv | |||
[3.7] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-5 and TB624-6 Cv | |||
[3.8] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-7 and TB624-8 Cv | |||
[3.9] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 3 and 11 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.10] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 6 and 11 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.11] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 7 and 8 Cv | |||
[3.12] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-8, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 137 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued) | |||
[3.13] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-9 and TB624-10 Cv | |||
[3.14] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-11 and TB624-12 Cv | |||
[3.15] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-9 and TB624-10 Cv | |||
[3.16] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-11 and TB624-12 Cv | |||
[3.17] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 4 and 12 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.18] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 8 and 9 Cv | |||
[3.19] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 7 and 12 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.20] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-9, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued) | |||
[3.21] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB625-9 and TB625-10 Cv | |||
[3.22] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB625-11 and TB625-12 Cv | |||
[3.23] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB625-9 and TB625-10 Cv | |||
[3.24] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB625-11 and TB625-12 Cv | |||
[3.25] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-i, Terminals 1 and 9 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.26] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-I, Terminals 5 and 6 Cv | |||
[3.27] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-I, Terminals 4 and 9 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv | |||
[3.28] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-14, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv | |||
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 139 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued) | |||
[3.29] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB626-1 and TB626-2 Cv | |||
[3.30] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB626-3 and TB626-4 Cv | |||
[3.31] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB626-1 and TB621-2 Cv | |||
[3.32] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB626-3 and TB626-4 Cv | |||
[4] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of test completion and alignment. | |||
8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 140 of 144 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1) | |||
TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTE | |||
: 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | |||
: 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact. | |||
PROCEDURE/ IMPACT INITIAL AND DATE INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES Yes/No (N/A for no change) | |||
Unit 2 FSAR - | |||
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 65 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR - | |||
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 78 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR - | |||
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 83 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR - | |||
Amendment 109, Section 10.3 2-TSD-1-1, Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves, Rev. 0 WBN2-1-4002, System Description - Main Steam System, Rev. 3 SOI-1.01, Rev. 42, System Operating Instruction Main Steam System | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 144 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1) | |||
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | |||
ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No CV By/Date No CV By/Date | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 144 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1) | |||
PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION 2 INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE LOOP# INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO INITIAL/DATE 1 | |||
These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (NA) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (NA) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data. | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 143 of 144 Appendix D (Page 1 of 2) | |||
HANDSWITCH LINEUP Date SWITCH NUMBER LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY INITIALS/DATE 2-HS-1-147 2-M-4 SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-148 2-M-4 SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-149 2-M-4 SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-150 2-M-4 SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-147B 737/A13U SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-148B 757/A12U SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-149B 757/A11U SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-150B 737/A13U SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-4A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 1 A AUTO 2-HS-1-11A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 2 A AUTO 2-HS-1-22A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 3 A AUTO 2-HS-1-29A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 4 A AUTO 2-XS-1-4A 2-L-1 1A SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-11A 2-L-1IA SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-22A 2-L-11A SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-29A 2-L-11A SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-4B 2-L-11B SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR | |||
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 144 Appendix D (Page 2 of 2) | |||
HANDSWITCH LINEUP SWITCH NUMBER LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY INITIALS/DATE 2-XS-1-11B 2-L-11 B SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-22B 2-L-11 B SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-29B 2-L-1 1B SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-HS-1-4B JB-5163, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 737/A13U 2-HS-1-11B JB-5165,729/Aux SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 2-HS-1-22B JB-5165,729/Aux SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 2-HS-1-29B JB-5163, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 737/Al 3U 2-HS-1-4D JB-5162, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 737/Al3U 2-HS-1-11D JB-5164,729/Aux SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 2-HS-1-22D JB-5164,729/Aux SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 2-HS-1-29D JB-5162, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 737/Al3U | |||
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: Source & Intermediate Rance Nuclear Instrumentation Instruction No: 2-PTI-092-02 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: Bryan T. Mack e,, DATE: 3/2 90- 13 PRINT NAIfEI SIGNATURE REVIEWEDBY: ReginaN. Ballard IL*I*jL,_ DATE: I Ol2.o, PRINT IAME / SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: a 01/5 JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE:92L L APPROVED BY: ,_______DATE: "2.o/ -- | |||
l*hEOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: | |||
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE: | |||
APPROVED BY: DATE: | |||
PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SIVIP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010 | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 174 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of RevisionlChange 0000 ALL Initial Issue based on Unit 1's PTI-092-02 Rev. | |||
0 CN-1 through CN-i1. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 174 Table of Contents | |||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | |||
............................................................ ..................................... e. 5 1.1 Test Objectives ............... . ............................... 5 1.2 S cope ................................................................................ ............................... 5 | |||
............................................................ | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
..................................... | ............................................................................................................ 7 2.1 Performance References ..................................................... 7 2.2 Developmental References............ .............................. 7 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 11 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .................................................................. ............... 13 4.1 Prelim inary A ctions ..................................................................................... ...13........... | ||
13 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ....................... 17 4.3 Field Preparations ................................................................................................. 18 4.4 Approvals and Notifications .................................................................................... 20 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ............................................................... 2..................1.... | |||
............... | 21 6.0 PERFO RM A NCE ........................................................................................................ 28 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response ........... ...... 29 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response ............................... 38 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check ................ ................ 47 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check............................................................ 61 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check ..................................................... 76 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check ...................... 93 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check ..................... 109 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check ........................ 116 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check .................................. 132 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check ....... 153 6.11 Startup and Intermediate Range Detector Testing....................... 166 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY......................................................................... 167 | ||
................................ | |||
............................... | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 174 Table of Contents (continued) 8.0 RECO RDS ................................................................................................................ 168 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REV IEW ............................ ........ ....................................... .......... . .......... 169 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................ 170 Appendix C: PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG .................................. 171 Appendix D: COMPUTER POINT VERIFICATION LOG .............................................. 172 Appendix E: BREAKER LINEUP..; ...................................... 173 Appendix F: SHUTDOWN MONITOR SELF-TEST ERROR CODES ........................... 174 | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2- NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 174 Date | |||
==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ==1.0 INTRODUCTION== | ||
1.1 Test Objectives The objective of this test is to demonstrate that the Source and Intermediate | 1.1 Test Objectives The objective of this test is to demonstrate that the Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) is able to provide the required indications, alarms, and protective functions in response to internally simulated test signals necessary to support Watts Bar Unit 2 operation. This test instruction in conjunction with 2-PTI-099-03, Reactor Protection System Operational Check will satisfy all preoperational test requirements for the Source and Intermediate Range System prior to Hot Functional Testing (HFT). During HFT, 2-PTI-092-03 "Nuclear Instrumentation Source Range Noise Checks During Hot Functional Testing" will be performed to demonstrate that the Source Range Detectors are not adversely affected by electrical noise. | ||
This test instruction in conjunction with 2-PTI-099-03, Reactor Protection System Operational Check will satisfy | This test is intended to be performed with minimal impact to the already calibrated Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System; therefore, internally simulated signals will be used for functional/operational verification of associated indications. Testing in this method will act as a diverse means of verifying system functionality as opposed to the calibration methods used in Surveillance Instructions. As such verification of system response is performed based on approximate meter indications and the only acceptance criteria that should be evaluated within a specific tolerance is bistable setpoints listed in Section 5.0. | ||
Testing in this method will act as a diverse means | 1.2 Scope The following specific testing is included in this instruction for the Channel I and Channel II Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System: | ||
As such verification of system response is performed based on approximate meter indications and the only acceptance criteria that | A. Bistable Setpoints and Trips: | ||
: 2. The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 interlock | : 1. The Source Range LEVEL TRIP reactor trip setpoint is functionally verified. | ||
: 3. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint | : 2. The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 interlock trip setpoint is functionally verified. | ||
: 4. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP reactor trip setpoint | : 3. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint is functionally verified. | ||
: 4. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP reactor trip setpoint is functionally verified. | |||
B. Annunciator Reponses and Trip Status Lights. | B. Annunciator Reponses and Trip Status Lights. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 174 Date 1.2 Scope (continued) | |||
C. Indication Responses: | C. Indication Responses: | ||
: 1. Status Lights for Source and Intermediate Range Drawer.2. Meters reflect flux level and rate equivalent to an internal test signal.3. Audible speakers respond to internal test signal.4. Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds on High Flux at | : 1. Status Lights for Source and Intermediate Range Drawer. | ||
: 2. Meters reflect flux level and rate equivalent to an internal test signal. | |||
: 3. Audible speakers respond to internal test signal. | |||
: 4. Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds on High Flux at Shutdown ALARM. | |||
D. The Source Range signal processors respond when exposed to a neutron source. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 174 Date | |||
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Conduct of | ==2.0 REFERENCES== | ||
: 3. Wiring | |||
-Sheet 6, | 2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Conduct of Test B. SMP-14.0, Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Test Deficiency Notices C. TI-12.14, "Replacement and Upgrading of Plant Component Identification Tagging and Labeling" 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Amendment 109 | ||
: h. 45N2621-3, Rev 2, Wiring Diagrams Nuclear Instrumentation | : 1. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 60 of 89, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation Test Summary | ||
& Misc | : 2. Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Reactor Trip System | ||
: 3. Chapter 7, Section 7.7, Control Systems B. Drawings | |||
& Misc | : 1. Flow Diagrams None | ||
: 2. Electrical Drawings | |||
& Misc | : a. 2-47W610-92-1, Rev 0, Electrical Control Diagram Neutron Monitoring System, CCD DRA 52421-002, Rev 0 | ||
: b. 45N706-1, Rev 20, Wiring Diagram 120Vac Vital Inst. Power Bds 1-1 & | |||
: e. 2-45B655-E4B, Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55- | 2-1 Connection Diagram - Sheet 1, AD DRA 52421-044, Rev 0 | ||
: f. 2-47B601-55-70,. | : c. 45N706-2, Rev 21, Wiring Diagram 120Vac Vital Inst. Power Bds 1-11 | ||
Rev. 2, Electrical Instrument Tabulation, | & 2-11 Connection Diagram -'Sheet 2, AD | ||
: 1. WBN2-92-4003, Neutron Monitoring System, Rev | |||
& Setpoints for Nuclear | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued). | ||
If the component | : 3. Wiring Diagrams | ||
Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or | : a. 45N2652-1, Rev 3, Wiring Diagram Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams-Sheet 1, AD DRA 52421-073, Rev 0 DRA 52421-074, Rev 0 DRA.52421-075, Rev 0 DRA 52421-076, Rev 0 DRA 52421-078, Rev 0 DRA 52421-079, Rev 0 DRA 52421-080, Rev 0 DRA 52421-081, RevO0 DRA 52421-082, Rev 0 DRA 52421-083, Rev 0 DRA 52421-084, Rev 0 DRA 52421-085, Rev 0 | ||
The wires should be grouped together and labeled with | : b. 45N2652-3, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams- Sheet 3, AD DRA 52421-067, Rev 0 DRA 52421-068, Rev 0 DRA 52421-069, Rev 0 | ||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document | : c. 45N2652-4, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-1 3 Connection Diagrams- Sheet 4, AD DRA 52421-064, Rev 0 DRA 52421-065, Rev 0 DRA 52421-066, Rev 0 | ||
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological | : d. 45N2652-6, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams -Sheet 6, AD DRA 52421-077, Rev 0 DRA 52421-114, Rev 0 | ||
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or | : e. 45N2684-1, Rev 7, Wiring Diagrams NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagrams Sh 1, AD | ||
: f. 45N2684-2, Rev 1, Wiring Diagrams NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagrams Sh 2, AD | |||
I. All Nuclear Instrumentation System channels should have a one hour warm- | : g. 45N2684-4, Rev 4, Wiring Diagrams NSSS Aux Relay Panel 2-R-58 Connection Diagrams Sh 4, AD | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
K. The log count rate circuits have long time constants; therefore, the output | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2. NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
N. When extending or retracting an NIS drawer from the cabinet, extreme | : h. 45N2621-3, Rev 2, Wiring Diagrams Nuclear Instrumentation System Connection Diagrams- Sheet 3, AD 2-45W600-57-13, Rev 2, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-119, Rev 0 DRA 52352-057, Rev 0 | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | : j. 2-45W600-57-14, Rev 3, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-120, Rev 0 | ||
: k. 2-45W600-57-17, Rev 1, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-118, Rev 0 | |||
: 4. Logic Diagrams | |||
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT | : a. 2-47W611-99-1, Rev 5, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Protection System, CCD | ||
WIBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02* | : b. 2-47W611-99-2, Rev 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Protection System, CCD DRA 52421-001, Rev 1 | ||
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | : 5. Annunciator Drawings | ||
[7] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.[8] ENSURE communications are available for areas | : a. 2-45W600-55-10, Rev 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 4B, CCD DRA 52421-029, Rev 1 DRA 52352-047, Rev 0 | ||
[9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are | : b. 2-45B655-4A, Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4A, CCD DRA 55180-005, Rev 0 | ||
[10] VERIFY System 55, Annunciator and Sequential | : c. 2-45B655-E4A, Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4A Engraving, CCD | ||
-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | : d. 2-45B655-4B, Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4B, CCD DRA 52421-117, Rev 0 DRA 52352-042, Rev 1 | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
(continued) | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued) | ||
K. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL | : e. 2-45B655-E4B, Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4B Engraving, CCD DRA 52352-043 | ||
[12] VERIFY the following systems are in service or operable to | : f. 2-47B601-55-70,. Rev. 2, Electrical Instrument Tabulation, CCD | ||
[14] ENSURE work orders to place a neutron source at the | : 6. Vendor Drawings | ||
[17] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has | : a. 6052D36-1, Rev D, NIS Schematic Diagram Audio Countrate Nuclear Instrumentation System, MD | ||
: b. 6052D36-2, Rev C, NIS Schematic Diagram Audio Countrate Nuclear Instrumentation System, MD C. Vendor Manuals | |||
[181 OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from -the latest | : 1. VR-WBC0842, Rev. 2 "Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring Systems - WR Channel Instruction Manual for Watts Bar Unit 2" | ||
Subsection 6. | : 2. VTM-W120-2824, Rev 10, Westinghouse Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual, Contract 54114-1. | ||
[221 REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, | D. Documents | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | : 1. WBN2-92-4003, Neutron Monitoring System, Rev I | ||
: 2. 2-TSD-92-02, Source and Intermediate Range (SR & IR) Nuclear Instrumentation System, Rev. 1 | |||
*3. Westinghouse Precautions, Limitations & Setpoints for Nuclear Steam Supply Systems, Rev. 0 | |||
: 4. EDCR 52421, Source and Intermediate Range Neutron Flux Monitoring, Rev. A | |||
: 5. 2-NMD-92-131-SR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1 | |||
: 6. 2-NMD-92-131-IR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1 | |||
: 7. 2-NMD-92-131-WR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1 | |||
: 8. 2-NMD-92-132-SR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1 | |||
: 9. 2-NMD-92-132-IR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1 | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 174 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021. | |||
B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made. | |||
C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency.Notice, TDN, in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing. | |||
D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended. | |||
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist. | |||
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.. | |||
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas. | |||
H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components. | |||
I. All Nuclear Instrumentation System channels should have a one hour warm-up period prior to testing. | |||
J. Control power breakers should NOT be opened while.Source or Intermediate Channels are in BYPASS as this will remove the bypass function unless externally blocked and result in a Reactor Trip Signal. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 174 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued) | |||
K. The log count rate circuits have long time constants; therefore, the output may take 60 seconds to. settle when the Test switches located on the Test Generator are toggled. | |||
L. Verify the ADJUST potentiometer on the Source and Intermediate Range drawer is fully counterclockwise prior to placing the Intermediate Range drawer OPERATION SELECTOR switch in the TEST ENABLE position and the TEST SELECTOR switch in the ADJUST position at source and Intermediate Range drawers. | |||
M. Power Range displays at Appendix R Neutron Monitor Signal Processor located at Panel 2-L-10 indicate output from the Source and Intermediate Range signal amplifiers. | |||
N. When extending or retracting an NIS drawer from the cabinet, extreme care must be used not to damage cables connected to rear of drawer. | |||
: 0. When inserting fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 174 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE. ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply. | |||
4.1 Preliminary Actions | |||
[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results. | |||
[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance. | |||
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change papers that were reviewed to the data package. | |||
[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices. | |||
[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's), | |||
Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package. | |||
[61 ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test. | |||
WIBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02* | |||
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[7] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0. | |||
[8] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted. | |||
[9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval. | |||
[10] VERIFY System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master Switches ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9) | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9) | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.10) | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.10) | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE (Subsections 6.5 and 6.6) | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Subsection 6.9) | |||
G. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN (Subsections 6.3 and 6.4) | |||
H. 2-XA-55-4B/81 -C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 and 6.10) | |||
: 1. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Subsection 6.10) | |||
J. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP (Subsections 6.5 and 6.6) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions. (continued) | |||
K. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 and 6.10) | |||
[11] ENSURE the Integrated Computer System (ICS) points listed in Appendix D are in scan for the applicable subsections. | |||
[12] VERIFY the following systems are in service or operable to the extent necessary to perform this test. | |||
A. NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 B. Trip Status Light Panel 2-XX-55-5 C. Solid State Protection System Train A Cabinet 2-R-46 D. Solid State Protection System Train B Cabinet 2-R-49 | |||
[13] ENSURE the breakers listed in Appendix E, Breaker Lineup are in the specified positions. | |||
[14] ENSURE work orders to place a neutron source at the Source Range detectors are planned and approved prior to performing Subsection 6.11. | |||
WO# | |||
[15] VERIFY Source and Intermediate Range Channels have been energized for a minimum of one hour prior to testing. | |||
[16] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations. | |||
[17] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued) | |||
[181 OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from -the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI. | |||
[19] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as.required) placed in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log. | |||
Subsection 6.3 Subsection 6.4 Subsection 6.5 Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10 | |||
[20] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance. | |||
Subsection 6.3 Subsection 6.4 Subsection 6.5 Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10 | |||
[21] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance. | |||
[221 REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, AND VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 174 Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies | |||
[1] ENSURE the following equipment is available. | |||
A. Decade Box, 1OOK ohm (Accuracy NOT required) | A. Decade Box, 1OOK ohm (Accuracy NOT required) | ||
(Subsections 6.9, 6.10)B. Digital MultiMeter (DMM) test leads with a coaxial | (Subsections 6.9, 6.10) | ||
(Subsections 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6)C. DMM with test leads to verify voltage across | B. Digital MultiMeter (DMM) test leads with a coaxial BNC connector. (Subsections 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. DMM with test leads to verify voltage across terminal blocks (Subsections 6.9, 6.10) | ||
[1] ENSURE ladder or scaffolding is installed to | D. Two 120 VAC monitored variable power supplies (Subsections 6.9, 6.10) | ||
CV[3] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-131-D, CH | E. One (1) switched test jumper with 12" minimum test leads (Subsections 6.5, 6.6) | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated | [2] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, AND RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. | ||
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | A. One DMM with 0-20 V scale (+/- 0.002 VDC) (Subsections 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. One DMM with at minimum 0-200 VAC scale to verify voltage across terminal blocks (Subsections 6.9, 6.10) | ||
[4] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-135-D, CH | C. Two 120 VAC monitored variable power supplies (Subsections 6.9, 6.10) | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.[5) ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-132-E, | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 174 Date 4.3 Field Preparations | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated | [1] ENSURE ladder or scaffolding is installed to access 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, Additional Equipment Building (Al 1W, El. 729'). | ||
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.[6] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-136-E, | [2] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-138-D, OPTICAL ISOLATOR, located in the Auxiliary Building Additional Equipment Room (Al 1W, El. 737'). | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.C. TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer is rotated | A. OPEN the enclosure to gain access to the TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch. | ||
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.[7] ENSURE the CHANNEL SELECTOR switch | B. ENSURE TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch in CTRL ROOM. | ||
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE | CV C. CLOSE and SECURE the OPTICAL ISOLATOR enclosure. | ||
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager | CV | ||
US/SRO/SM Signature Date WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev.'0000 Page 21 of | [3] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13): | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 174 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued) | |||
[4] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUT MON INTERMED RNG DWR (2-M-13): | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. _ | |||
C. TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
[5) ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13): | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
[6] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUT MON INTERMED RNG DWR (2-M-13): | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
C. TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
[7] ENSURE the CHANNEL SELECTOR switch at 2-IDWR-92-N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE SCALER/TIMER (2-M-13) is in OFF. | |||
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 174 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications | |||
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test. | |||
Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature | |||
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization. | |||
US/SRO/SM Signature Date | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev.'0000 Page 21 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA | |||
[1] Local and Main Control Board (MCB) Indicators and Recorders reflect flux level. | |||
A. Source Range Channel I | |||
* 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (Step 6.1[15]A) | |||
* 2-NI-92-131A, CH I NEUTRON MON CPS (Step 6.1[15]B) | * 2-NI-92-131A, CH I NEUTRON MON CPS (Step 6.1[15]B) | ||
* 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER ( | * 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.1[15]C) | ||
B. Source Range Channel II.* 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, | B. Source Range Channel II. | ||
* 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (Step 6.2[15]A) | |||
* 2-NI-92-132A, CH II NEUTRON MON CPS (Step 6.2[15]B) | * 2-NI-92-132A, CH II NEUTRON MON CPS (Step 6.2[15]B) | ||
* 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER ( | * 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.2[15]C) | ||
C. Intermediate Range Channel I* 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,% POWER LEVEL (Step 6.1[16]A) 0 2-NI-92-135A, CH I NEUTRON MON % PWR (Step 6.1[16]B) o 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER ( | C. Intermediate Range Channel I | ||
D. Intermediate Range Channel I1* 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,% POWER LEVEL (Step 6.2[16]A) o 2-NI-92-136A, CH | * 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, | ||
* 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER ( | % POWER LEVEL (Step 6.1[16]A) 0 2-NI-92-135A, CH I NEUTRON MON % PWR (Step 6.1[16]B) o 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.1[16]C) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. Intermediate Range Channel I1 | ||
[2] Local and MCB Indicators reflect flux rate.A. Source Range Channel I* 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR,DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]B) | * 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, | ||
% POWER LEVEL (Step 6.2[16]A) o 2-NI-92-136A, CH IINEUTRON MON % PWR (Step 6.2[16]B) | |||
* 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.2[16]C) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | |||
[2] Local and MCB Indicators reflect flux rate. | |||
A. Source Range Channel I | |||
* 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]B) | |||
* 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]E) | * 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]E) | ||
* 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]C) | * 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]C) | ||
B. Source Range Channel II* 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR,DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[70]B) | B. Source Range Channel II | ||
* 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[70]B) | |||
* 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]E) | * 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]E) | ||
* 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]C) | * 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]C) | ||
C. Intermediate Range Channel I* 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]A) | C. Intermediate Range Channel I | ||
* 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[51])* 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]D) | * 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]A) | ||
D. Intermediate Range Channel II* 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8170]A) | * 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[51]) | ||
* 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[72])* 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]D) | * 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]D) | ||
[3] Trip Status Lights, 2-XX-55-5 reflect bistable | D. Intermediate Range Channel II | ||
* 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8170]A) | |||
* 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[72]) | |||
* 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]D) | |||
[3] Trip Status Lights, 2-XX-55-5 reflect bistable status A. Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D (Step 6.3[38]E) | |||
B. Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F (Step 6.5[41]F) | B. Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F (Step 6.5[41]F) | ||
C. Window 3, IR>P6 NC35D (Step 6.5[13]F) | C. Window 3, IR>P6 NC35D (Step 6.5[13]F) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. | |||
Rev. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
D. Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D (Step 6.4[38]E) | D. Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D (Step 6.4[38]E) | ||
E. Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F (Step 6.6[41]F) | E. Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F (Step 6.6[41]F) | ||
F. Window 23, IR>P6 NC36D (Step 6.6[13]F) | F. Window 23, IR>P6 NC36D (Step 6.6[13]F) | ||
[4] The following anunciators function properly[4.1] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-N 1-92-131 | [4] The following anunciators function properly | ||
-D | [4.1] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-N 1-92-131 -D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.1[6]B) | ||
[4.6] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81 | [4.2] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.1[8]B) | ||
-A, CHANNEL | [4.3] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.2[6]B) | ||
[4.7] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE | [4.4] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.2[8]B) | ||
[4.8] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE | [4.5] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE (Steps 6.5[13]G and 6.6[13]G) | ||
[4.10] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE | [4.6] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81 -A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Steps 6.9[30]D and 6.9[36]E) | ||
[4.11]. Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL | [4.7] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN (Steps 6.3[24]B and 6.4124]B) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000.Page 24 of | [4.8] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED (Steps 6.1[4]A and 6.2[4]A) | ||
[5] The Source Range LEVEL TRIP. bistable trips at 1 X 105 CPS(9.962 to 10.038 vdc) on increase of simulated flux | [4.9] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Steps 6.10[26]C and 6.10[31]D) | ||
A. 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I. NEUTRON MON SOURCE | [4.10] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP (Steps 6.5[20]F and 6.6[20]F) | ||
B. 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE | [4.11]. Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST (Steps 6.1[12]A and 6.2[12]A) | ||
[6] The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE | |||
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000. | ||
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM | Page 24 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
[T7 The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP | [5] The Source Range LEVEL TRIP. bistable trips at 1 X 105 CPS (9.962 to 10.038 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by LEVEL TRIP lamp illuminating. | ||
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM | A. 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I.NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.3[38]A) | ||
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM | B. 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.4[38]A) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [6] The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 bistable trips at 1.66 x 10-4% rated thermal power (4.181 to 4.259 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp illuminating. | ||
[8] The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP Bistable trips | A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[13]A) | ||
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM | B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[13]A) | ||
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM | [T7 The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP Bistable trips at 20% rated thermal power (9.262 to 9.340 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp illuminating. | ||
[9] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I | A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[20]A) | ||
C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is | B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[20]A) | ||
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is | |||
.(Step 6.3[24]A) | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
[10] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II | [8] The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP Bistable trips at 25% rated thermal power (9.359 to 9.437 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by HIGH LEVEL TRIP Lamp illuminating. | ||
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[41]A) | |||
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[41]A) | |||
[9] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, (2-M-1 3) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status. | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in test. (Step 6.1 110]A) | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.9[30]A) | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1 X 105 CPS. (Step 6.3[36]A) | |||
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.1[6]A) | |||
E. HIGH FLUXAT SHUTDOWN light is LIT when indicated flux is 3 times greater than background . (Step 6.3[24]A) | |||
[10] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status. | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.2[10]A) | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.10[26]A) | B. SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.10[26]A) | ||
C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is | C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1 X 105 CPS. (Step 6.4[36]A) | ||
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is | D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.2[6]A) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
E. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN light is LIT when indicated flux is 3 times greater than background. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
(Step 6.4[24]A) | E. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN light is LIT when indicated flux is 3 times greater than background. (Step 6.4[24]A) | ||
[11] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I | [11] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status. | ||
D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated | A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.111 ]A) | ||
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT | B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.1[8]A) | ||
F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when | C. HIGH LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 25%. (Step 6.5[41]E) | ||
(Step 6.9[36]C) | D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 20%. (Step 6.5[20]E) | ||
G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when | E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1.66 x 104%. (Step 6.5[13]E) | ||
[12] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II | F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when detector high voltage power supply is sensed outside of nominal voltage. (Step 6.9[36]C) | ||
D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated | G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.9[30]B) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 | [12] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status. | ||
.Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.2[1 ]A) | ||
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT | B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.2[8]A) | ||
F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when | C. HIGH LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 25%. (Step 6.6[41]E) | ||
(Step 6.10[31]C) | D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 20%. (Step 6.6[20]E) | ||
G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when | |||
[13] Source Range Audible signals reflect flux level in:A. Main Control Room (Steps 6.7[20] and 6.7[60])B. Containment (Steps 6.7[22] and 6.7[61])[14] The Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds when | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 | ||
[15] The Source Range CPS NEUTRON LEVEL Meter indicates | .Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued) | ||
> | E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1.66 x 104%. (Step 6.6[13]E) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when detector high voltage power supply is sensed outside of nominal voltage. (Step 6.10[31]C) | ||
: 5) When using test generator preset values High Flux at Shutdown will alarm | G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.10[26]B) | ||
[13] Source Range Audible signals reflect flux level in: | |||
A. Main Control Room (Steps 6.7[20] and 6.7[60]) | |||
B. Containment (Steps 6.7[22] and 6.7[61]) | |||
[14] The Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds when a High Flux at Shutdown bistable actuation occurs. | |||
(Steps 6.3[24]D and 6.4[24]D) | |||
[15] The Source Range CPS NEUTRON LEVEL Meter indicates >1 CPS when the respective channel detector is exposed to a neutron source. | |||
A. 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.11[2]) | |||
B. 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (Step 6.11[3]) | |||
C. 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.11[41) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 174 Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES | |||
: 1) All subsections may be performed in any order. | |||
: 2) The following abbreviations will be used throughout the performance of this test in place of complete UNID: | |||
* N31 for 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13) | |||
* N32 for 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13) | |||
* N35 for 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (2-M-13) | |||
* N36 for 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (2-M-13) | |||
* N34 for 2-IDWR-92-N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE SCALER/TIMER (2-M-13) | |||
* N46 for 2-1DWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE (2-M-1 3) | |||
: 3) Unless otherwise noted, Slave Relay state will be verified by observing the relay contactor armature position as follows: | |||
Relay Energized is defined as: | |||
Non-latching relays - the center bar is pulled in. | |||
Relay De-energized is defined as: | |||
Non-latching relays - the center bar is flush with the relay face. | |||
: 4) Steps which require adjusting potentiometers until a bistable trips (as indicated by a lamp lighting or going out) should be performed slowly. Stop adjusting the potentiometer immediately after the lamp status change has occurred. | |||
: 5) When using test generator preset values High Flux at Shutdown will alarm unless blocked prior to initialization of the test generators. | |||
: 6) Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made. | : 6) Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response | ||
C. TOUCH "OKAY".[3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH | [1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.1 have been completed. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | [2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N31, CH I | A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. SELECT group option "SRI/IRI". | ||
[8] VERIFY the following: | C. TOUCH "OKAY". | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N35, CH I | [3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK. | ||
is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64- | [4] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.(Acc Crit)B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is in ALARM. | ||
[5] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | |||
*WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [6] VERIFY the following: | ||
[16] VERIFY the following | A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
% Power indications recorded in | B. 2-XA-55-4A164-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.1118] | [7] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [8] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2' NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED,. is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | [9] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [10] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
[39] VERIFY the following: | A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N31, CH I | B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N35, CH I | [11] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | [12] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | |||
(Acc Crit) | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | |||
[13] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 1. | |||
B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
NOTE The LCR 1 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[14] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NNI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SRI (2-M-4) CPS iCS Point N0031A CPS | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-N1-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
[15] VERIFY the following CPS indications recorded in step 6.1[14] | |||
are approximately 12.2 CPS: | |||
A. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) (Acc Crit) | |||
B. 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | |||
D. ICS Point N0031A | |||
*WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[16] VERIFY the following % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [14] are approximately 1.46 x 10-7%. | |||
A. % POWER LEVEL (N35) (Acc Crit) | |||
B. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IRi (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | |||
D. ICS Point N0035A | |||
[17] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
NOTE The LCR 2 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's CPS input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[18] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0031A CPS | |||
%POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.1118] are approximately 781 CPS. | |||
[20] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [18] are approximately 9.38 x 106%. | |||
[21] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 3. | |||
NOTE The LCR 3 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[22] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0031A CPS | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
[23] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.1[22] are approximately 100,000 CPS. | |||
[24] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1[22] are approximately 1.2 x 10-3%. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 4. | |||
NOTE The MSV 4 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[26] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
.2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
[27] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [26] are approximately 10-2%. | |||
[28] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 5. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
NOTE The MSV 5 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[29] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
[30] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1[29] are approximately 1%. | |||
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 6. | |||
NOTE The MSV 6 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[32] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0035A % | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2' NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [32] are approximately 100%. | |||
[34] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. VERIFY AMLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
[35] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[36] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[37] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL. | |||
[38] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[39] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
(40] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | |||
[41] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
[42] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 2-XA-55-4B-81C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.2 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | |||
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | |||
B. SELECT group option "SR2/IR2". | |||
C. TOUCH"OKAY". | C. TOUCH"OKAY". | ||
[3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH | [3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | [4] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N32, CH II | A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is in ALARM. | ||
[8] VERIFY the following: | [5] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N36, CH II | [6] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL | A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE.& | B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM, (Acc Crit) | ||
INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
[7] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | |||
[16] VERIFY all the following | |||
% Power indications recorded in | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [8] VERIFY the following: | ||
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[18] | A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [9] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N36, CH 11 NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE. | ||
[10] VERIFY the.following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in | B.. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | [11] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
[39] VERIFY the following: | B. IR/SR non-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N32, CH | [12] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N36, CH II | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | [13] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
C. TOUCH "OKAY".[3] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON | A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 1. | ||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues | B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | ||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TRIP ADJUST potentiometer | |||
D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.[4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE.& INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | NOTE The LCR 1 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | ||
[6] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON | [14] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | ||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues | Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS | ||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer | % POWER LEVEL (N36) 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | ||
[7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N35, CH | 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | ||
A. SR NON-OP lamp on N31 is LIT.B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp on N35 is LIT.C. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N31 is LIT.D. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N35 is LIT.E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | ICS Point N0036A % | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [15] VERIFY the following CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[14] | ||
are approximately 12.2 CPS: | |||
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON.B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown | A. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) (Acc Crit) | ||
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT | B. 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) .(Acc Crit) | ||
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I | D. ICS Point N0032A | ||
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N1-92-133-D COUNTRATE | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued) | ||
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I | [16] VERIFY all the following % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[14] are approximately 1.46 x 107%. | ||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE | A. % POWER LEVEL (N36) (Acc Crit) | ||
Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during | B. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | ||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button.B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on | C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) (Acc Crit) | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | D. ICS Point N0036A | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [17] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH il NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | ||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN(Unit 2 Upper Containment), | NOTE The LCR 2 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's CPS input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | [18] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | ||
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I | Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS | ||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button.B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE | % POWER LEVEL (N36) % | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | ||
is NOT in alarm.[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during | 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | ICS Point N0036A % | ||
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I | |||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued) | ||
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[18] are approximately 781 CPS. | |||
[20] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[18] are approximately 9.38 x 10-6%. | |||
[21] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 3. | |||
NOTE The LCR 3 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[22] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS | |||
%POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0036A % | |||
[23] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[22] are approximately 100,000 CPS. | |||
[24] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[22] are approximately 1.2 x 10-3%. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 4. | |||
NOTE The MSV 4 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[26] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0036A % | |||
[27] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[26] are approximately 10-2%. | |||
[28] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 5. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
NOTE The MSV 5 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[29] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 iR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0036A % | |||
[30] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[29] are approximately 1%. | |||
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 6. | |||
NOTE The MSV 6 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices. | |||
[32] RECORD the following indications in the table below: | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
ICS Point N0036A % | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued) | |||
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[32] are approximately 100%. | |||
[34] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lampis NOT LIT. | |||
C. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
[35] VERIFY the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[36] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[37] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL. | |||
[38] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued) | |||
[39] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N32, CH i1NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
[40] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNGDWR, in NORMAL. | |||
[41] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
[42] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | |||
[43] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.3 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | |||
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | |||
B. SELECT group option "SRl/IRl". | |||
C. TOUCH "OKAY". | |||
[3] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | |||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | |||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TRIP ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT. | |||
[4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | |||
[5] VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp located on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR is LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[6] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | |||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | |||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
[7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE. | |||
[8] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OP lamp on N31 is LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp on N35 is LIT. | |||
C. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N31 is LIT. | |||
D. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N35 is LIT. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | |||
G. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
I. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
J. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
NOTE Appendix F describes the Shutdown Monitor self-test sequence and associated error codes if monitor fails the test. | |||
[9] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON. | |||
B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown Monitor self-test. | |||
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT present on the LED display. | |||
D. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE The Shutdown Monitor Alarm Setpoint display indication will lag the Countrate Display indication as output is adjusted in the following steps. Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made. | |||
[10] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
[11] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N1-92-133-D COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS.... | |||
C. PUSH ALARM SETPOINT RESET button. | |||
D. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-N 1-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS E. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
F. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
[13] VERIFY HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 12.2 CPS. | |||
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-NI-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
[16] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation. | |||
Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
[17] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button. | |||
B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on ALARM SETPOINT display. | |||
C. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is LIT. | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | |||
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button. | |||
B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-N 1-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY the ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
E. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
[20] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | |||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | |||
[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
[22] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-NI-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display is approximately equal to the value recorded in 6.3[19]C. | |||
[24] VERIFY the following: | [24] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
(Acc Crit)[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | ||
(Acc Crit) | |||
[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[26] VERIFY the following: | [26] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | ||
is NOT in alarm.*[27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH | B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR. | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | ||
[29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N31, CH I | *[27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [28] VERIFY the following: | ||
[30] VERIFY the following: | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | ||
A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-133-D, CH | B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. | ||
is NOT LIT.B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | ||
is NOT in alarm.[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I | D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR 1. | ||
[34] PLACE STARTUP RATE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch, | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
C. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected upscale as the signal was increased to | [30] VERIFY the following: | ||
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP,deflected upscale as the signal was increased to | A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13), is NOT LIT. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. | B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
Rev. | C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR. | ||
(37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | ||
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within | E. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in ADJUST. | ||
[39] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON | [32] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | ||
[42] VERIFY the following indications deflect downscale as | B. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N31, CH | CV M&TE Cal Due Date C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | ||
N31 TRIP 1 Vdc E. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.962 to 10.038 Vdc. | |||
[33] PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in SR LEVEL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[34] PLACE STARTUP RATE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch, on N46, STARTUP, in SOURCE N31. | |||
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations toperform verifications during the following steps. | |||
* 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | |||
* N31, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
[35] ADJUST LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until LEVEL TRIP lamp is LIT. | |||
[36] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
C. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 174 Date_ | |||
6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
(37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.962 to 10.038 VDC. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) recorded is approximately 105 CPS. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS. | |||
E. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D, is.LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[39] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N31 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in SR LEVEL. | |||
E. ADJUST LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD the voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N31 Trip 1- Vdc G. VERIFY the value record is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc. | |||
[40] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D, is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps. | |||
* 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | |||
* N31, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
[41] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[42] VERIFY the following indications deflect downscale as the signal is decreased: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR. | |||
B. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4). | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP. | |||
[43] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC. | |||
[44] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[45] PERFORM the following steps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[46] VERIFY the following: | [46] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in NORMAL. | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
C. TOUCH "OKAY".[3] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL. | ||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues | E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | ||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer | F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | ||
D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.[4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON | G. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL. | ||
[6] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON | |||
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check | ||
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer | [1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.4 have been completed. | ||
[7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N36, CH | [2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | ||
A. SR NON-OP lamp on N32 is LIT.B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp.on N36 is.LIT.C. CHANNEL ON TEST on N32 is LIT.D. CHANNEL ON TEST on N36 is LIT.E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. SELECT group option "SR2/IR2". | ||
C. TOUCH "OKAY". | |||
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON.B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown Monitor* self-test. | [3] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT | A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
D. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II | D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | ||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-NI-92-134-E COUNTRATE | E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | ||
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II | [5] VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp located on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR is LIT. | ||
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N 1-92-134-E COUNT RATE | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | ||
..Rev. | [6] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCERNG DWR: | ||
[17] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II | A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE 1/M button.B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on | B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH | C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | [7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [8] VERIFY the following:. | ||
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II | A. SR NON-OP lamp on N32 is LIT. | ||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE display 1/M button.B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-NI-92-134-E COUNT RATE | B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp.on N36 is.LIT. | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH | C. CHANNEL ON TEST on N32 is LIT. | ||
is NOT in alarm.[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during | D. CHANNEL ON TEST on N36 is LIT. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | ||
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II | F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | ||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.2-N 1-92-134-E COUNTRATE | G. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
: 1. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
J. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued) | |||
NOTE Appendix F describes the Shutdown Monitor self-test sequence and associated error codes if monitor fails the test. | |||
[9] PERFORM the following at 2-NIL92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON. | |||
B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown Monitor | |||
*self-test. | |||
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT present on the LED displays. | |||
D. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE The Shutdown Monitor Alarm Setpoint display indication will lag the Countrate Display indication as output is adjusted in the following steps. Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made. | |||
[10] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
[11] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-NI-92-134-E COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
C. PUSH ALARM SETPOINT RESET button. | |||
D. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-NI-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS E. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
F. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
[13] VERIFY HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on: N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N 1-92-134-E COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display decreases to approximately 12.2 CPS. | |||
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-N1-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
[16] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Hom (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION ..Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[17] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE 1/M button. | |||
B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on ALARM SETPOINT display. | |||
C. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is LIT. | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | |||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. PUSH COUNTRATE display 1/M button. | |||
B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-NI-92-134-E COUNT RATE CPS C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-N 1-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display. | |||
E. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT. | |||
[20] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is NORMAL. | |||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | |||
[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps. | |||
[22] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13): | |||
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value. | |||
2-N 1-92-134-E COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display increases to approximately 781 CPS. | |||
C. RECORD the indicated ALARM SETPOINT value. | |||
2-NI-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display is approximately equal to the value recorded in 6.4[19]C. | |||
[24] VERIFY the following: | [24] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN on N32, CH II | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
(Acc Crit)[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | ||
(Acc Crit) | |||
[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[26] VERIFY the following: | [26] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp at N32, CH | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | ||
-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX | B. 2-XA-55-4B/81 -B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR. | ||
is NOT in alarm.[27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH | C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | ||
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH | D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | ||
is in ALARM (audible). | [27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | ||
[29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH II | [28] VERIFY the following: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | ||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. | |||
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible). | |||
[29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR 1. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[30] VERIFY the following: | [30] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-134-E, CH | A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13), is NOT LIT. | ||
is NOT LIT.B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH | B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTIRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
is NOT in alarm.[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II | C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in CLEAR. | ||
[33] PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch on N32, CH | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | E. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm. | ||
[34] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, | [31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in ADJUST. | ||
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON | [32] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected upscale as the signal was increased to | A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | ||
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP,deflected upscale as the signal was increased to | B. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | CV M&TE Cal Due Date C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | ||
[37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, | D. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | ||
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within | N32 TRIP 1 Vdc E. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.962 to 10.038Vdc. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [33] PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch on N32, CH i1 NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in SR LEVEL. | ||
.[39] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | ||
[42] VERIFY following indications deflected downscale as | [34] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N32, CH | NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | * 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | ||
* N32, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-1 3) | |||
[35] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer N32, CH i1 NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS. | |||
[36] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.962 to 10.038 VDC. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) recorded is approximately 105 CPS. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 109 CPS. | |||
E. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
.[39] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N32 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in SR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N32 Trip I Vdc G. VERIFY value record is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc. | |||
[40] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D, is NOT LIT. | |||
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps. | |||
* 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | |||
* N32, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
[41] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[42] VERIFY following indications deflected downscale as the signal is decreased: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR. | |||
B. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4). | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP. | |||
[43] DISCONNECT DMM from the N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC. | |||
[44] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[45] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[46] VERIFY the following: | [46] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in NORMAL. | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in CLEAR. | ||
C. TOUCH "OKAY".[3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL. | ||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL. | |||
G. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.5 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | |||
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | |||
B. SELECT group option "SRl/lRl". | |||
C. TOUCH "OKAY". | |||
[3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | ||
[4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, | [4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP RATE, is in N35. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[5] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to | [5] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer | A. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in | B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | ||
G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to | C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer | D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | ||
E. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in TEST SELECTOR ADJUST. | |||
[8] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in OPEN.[9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON | F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | ||
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, | H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within | NOTE Installation of a test switch in series with LEVEL TRIP BYPASS bistable will allow testing of Rod Withdraw Block logic while simulating the LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. The LEVEL TRIP switch must be in BYPASS to enable testing. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [61 LIFT and LABEL wire 10205 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3 in the rear of.Panel 2-M-13. | ||
[14] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON | CV | ||
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 3, IR > | [7] INSTALL a test switch labeled "N35 Bypass" between lifted wire 10205 and Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3. | ||
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE | CV | ||
[16] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | [8] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in OPEN. | ||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP,deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | [9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [10] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, | A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | ||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. (Acc Crit)B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 20%.C. 2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.E. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp on N35, CH I | B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [11] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
(21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | A. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC._ | ||
CV M&TE __Cal Due Date B. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2. | |||
C. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 TRIP 2 Vdc D. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. | |||
E. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IRLEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
[13] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 1.66 x 104%. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 10-4%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 104%. | |||
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 3, IR >P6 NC35D, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
G. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | |||
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[14] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 TRIP 2 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc. | |||
[15] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 3, IR >P6 NC35D, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is NORMAL. | |||
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[16] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps. | |||
S2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | |||
* N35, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
[17] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS. | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
[20] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 20%. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) is approximately 20%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) is approximately 20%. | |||
E. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM (Acc Crit). | |||
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
(21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | ||
[22] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in CLOSED.[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | [22] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in CLOSED. | ||
[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K145X1 is Energized. | |||
B. 2K145X2 is Energized. | B. 2K145X2 is Energized. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[24] VERIFY the following: | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE | [24] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | |||
[25] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | |||
Cv | |||
[26] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is Energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092.02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is Energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | ||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092.02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM. | |||
[28] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | |||
CV | |||
[29] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58 CV | |||
[30] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is Energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is Energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | ||
[31] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE | [31] VERIFY the following: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | ||
[35] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [32] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | ||
[38] VERIFY the following: | Cv | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE | [33] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in OPEN. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [34] VERIFY the following: | ||
[41] VERIFY the following: | A. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | ||
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N35,CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | ||
[45] VERIFY the following: | E. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is CLEAR. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH | |||
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | ||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP,deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | [35] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
[46] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON | A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | ||
[47] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON | N35 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | ||
[53] VERIFY the following: | E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp goes OUT.. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | ||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64- | N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [36] VERIFY the following: | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | ||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | |||
[37] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in CLOSED. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. _ | |||
[39] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded in is within thespecified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS. | |||
[40] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IRLEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N35) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) % | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[41] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit) _ | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 25%. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR 1 (2-M-4) is approximately 25%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) is approximately 25%. | |||
E. HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
[42] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc. | |||
[43] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
[45] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
[46] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[47] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
[48] REMOVE test switch "N35 Bypass" between lifted wire 10205 and terminal block TB122, Terminal Point 3. | |||
CV | |||
[49] LAND wire 10205 to terminal block TB122, terminal point 3. | |||
CV | |||
[50] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC. | |||
Cv | |||
[51] VERIFY the following on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[52] VERIFY the following on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued) | |||
[53] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is.CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.6 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4): | |||
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen. | |||
B. SELECT group option uSR2/IR2". | |||
C. TOUCH"OKAY'. | C. TOUCH"OKAY'. | ||
[3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | [3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | ||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized | ||
[4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP,is in N36. | [4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, is in N36. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[5] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | ||
B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to | [5] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer | A. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in | B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale. | ||
G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter on continues | C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer | D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | ||
E. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in TEST SELECTOR ADJUST. | |||
[8] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in OPEN.[9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON | F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter on continues to indicate downscale. | ||
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, | H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within | NOTE Installation of a test switch in series with LEVEL TRIP BYPASS bistable will allow testing of Rod Withdraw Block logic while simulating the LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. The LEVEL TRIP switch must be in BYPASS to enable testing. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [6] LIFT and LABEL wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3 in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 3. | ||
[14] PERFORM the following at N36, CH | CV | ||
N36 IR LEVEL | [7] INSTALL a test switch labeled "N36 Bypass" between lifted wire 20205 and Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3. | ||
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 23, IR > | CV | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[16] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 174 Date . | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH | 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | ||
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | [8] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in OPEN. | ||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP,deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | [9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [10] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, | A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | ||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT is within the specified tolerance | B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [11] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
[21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | A. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC. | ||
CV M&TE Cal Due Date B. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2. | |||
C. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 TRIP 2 Vdc D. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. | |||
E. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
%POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
[13] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 1.66 x 10"4%. | |||
C. 2-NR-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 1.66 x 104%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 10-4%. | |||
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 23, IR >P6 NC36D, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
G. 2-XA-55-4N65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | |||
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[14] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 TRIP 2 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD DMM voltage indication. | |||
N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc. | |||
[15] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 23, IR >P6 NC36D, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is CLEAR. | |||
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[16] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value record is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps. | |||
* 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) | |||
* N36, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
* N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13) | |||
[17] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS. | |||
[18] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
[20] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 20%. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 20%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) is approximately 20%. | |||
E. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | |||
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized | ||
[22] PLACE the test switch"N36 Bypass" in CLOSED.[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | [22] PLACE the test switch"N36 Bypass" in CLOSED. | ||
[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K223X1 is Energized. | |||
B. 2K223X2 is Energized. | B. 2K223X2 is Energized. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[24] VERIFY the following: | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE | [24] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | |||
[25] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | |||
Cv | |||
[26] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is Energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized | C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is Energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized ,_ | ||
F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE.HI FLUX ROD | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | ||
[301 VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room | [27] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE.HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM. | |||
[28] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | |||
Cv | |||
[29] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | |||
Cv | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[301 VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below. | |||
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized. | |||
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | B. 2K518X2 is De-energized. | ||
C. 2K223X1 is Energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized | C. 2K223X1 is Energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized | ||
[31] VERIFY the following: | [31] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM. | ||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | [32] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD | Cv | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [33] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in OPEN. | ||
[38] VERIFY the following: | [34] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE | A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | ||
[41] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit)B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 25%.C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.E. HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | ||
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N36,CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. | ||
[45] VERIFY the following: | E. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is CLEAR. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH | [35] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4)deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3. | ||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator onN46, STARTUP,deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | ||
[46] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON | N36 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc. | ||
[50] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N36, CH II NEUTRON | D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp goes OUT. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | F. RECORD voltage indicated on the 0MM. | ||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in section 4.0 for Subsection 6. | N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc. | ||
[2] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that this subsection will | [36] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL. | ||
[37] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in CLOSED. | |||
[6] ENSURE POLARITY switch to '+' (positive) | |||
[7] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO.[8] ENSURE SCALER/TIMER POWER switch in ON (UP).[9] PLACE DISPLAY-PRESET switch in COUNT SEC.[10] SET "N" switch (SCALER/TIMER thumbwheel) to 00010(1 second interval). | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | ||
[11] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO.[12] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 0 CPS.[13] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch in SR N31.[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I | [38] VERIFY the following: | ||
[17] VERIFY the SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 12 CPS.[18] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10.[19] ADJUST VOLUME potentiometer until audible pulses | A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
[39] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1. | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS. | |||
[40] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below. | |||
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc | |||
% POWER LEVEL (N36) % | |||
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) % | |||
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) % | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued) | |||
[41] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 25%. | |||
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 25%. | |||
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) is approximately 25%. | |||
E. HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
[42] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1._ | |||
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc. | |||
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL. | |||
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT. | |||
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM. | |||
N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc. | |||
[43] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
[45] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator onN46, STARTUP, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased. | |||
[46] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG MON: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[47] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
[48] REMOVE test switch "N36 Bypass" between lifted wire 20205 and terminal block TB222, Terminal Point 3. | |||
CV | |||
[49] LAND wire 20205 to terminal block TB222, Terminal Point 3. | |||
CV | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued) | |||
[50] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC. | |||
CV | |||
[51] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[52] VERIFY the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[53] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check NOTE Unless otherwise noted, all steps in this section are performed at N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE (2-M-13). | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in section 4.0 for Subsection 6.7 have been completed. | |||
[2] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that this subsection will generate audible count rates inside of containment and that an announcement should be made inside of containment alerting anyone working inside. | |||
[3] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | |||
[4] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The SCALER/TIMER display indicates counts for a pre-selected time, or time for a pre-selected amount of counts. | |||
: 2) SCALER/TIMER thumbwheel setting is normally 00010, which represents a 1.0 second time interval. | |||
[6] ENSURE POLARITY switch to '+' (positive) on SCALER/TIMER. | |||
[7] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO. | |||
[8] ENSURE SCALER/TIMER POWER switch in ON (UP). | |||
[9] PLACE DISPLAY-PRESET switch in COUNT SEC. | |||
[10] SET "N"switch (SCALER/TIMER thumbwheel) to 00010 (1 second interval). | |||
[11] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO. | |||
[12] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 0 CPS. | |||
[13] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch in SR N31. | |||
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1. | |||
[15] PUSH RESET button on the SCALER/TIMER to clear display. | |||
[16] PUSH START button on the SCALER/TIMER. | |||
[17] VERIFY the SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 12 CPS. | |||
[18] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10. | |||
[19] ADJUST VOLUME potentiometer until audible pulses are heard on the AUDIO COUNTRATE local speaker. | |||
[20] VERIFY audible pulses, approximately 1 per second, are heard on the AUDIO COUNTRATE local speaker. (Acc Crit) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[21] ADJUST AUDIO COUNT VOLUME control on 2-TB-92-1 until audible pulses are obtained at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER, located in the Unit 2 Containment Building (Az. 245", El. 756'). | |||
[22] VERIFY audible pulses, approximately I per second, are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
(Acc Crit) | |||
[23] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear on N34 in Al. | |||
[24] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[25] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard on the local speaker. | |||
[26] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear of N34 in A2. | |||
[27] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[28] VERIFY no audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker. | |||
[29] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear on N34 in NORMAL. | |||
[30] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[31] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker. | |||
[32] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2. | |||
[33] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
[34] VERIFY rapid audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNTRATE SPEAKER. | |||
[35] VERIFY rapid audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker. | |||
[36] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 100. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[37] VERIFY audible pulse have decreased in frequency and are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[38] VERIFY audible pulses have decreased in frequency and are heard on the local speaker. | |||
[39] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch on N34 in 1K. | |||
[40] VERIFY audible pulses, at a rate of less than 1 per second, are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT.RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[41] VERIFY audible pulses, at a rate of less than 1 per second, are heard on the N34 local speaker. | |||
[42] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch on N34 in 10K. | |||
[43] VERIFY audible pulse have decreased in frequency and are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[44] VERIFY audible pulses have decreased in frequency and are heard on the local speaker. | |||
[45] PUSH STOP button on the SCALER/TIMER. | |||
[46] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR. | |||
[47] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10. | |||
[48] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[49] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[50] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUXAT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
[51] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | |||
[52] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
[53] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
[54] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch in N32. | |||
[55] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR1. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[56] PUSH RESET button on the SCALER/TIMER to clear display. | |||
[57] PUSH START button on the SCALER/TIMER. | |||
[58] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 12 CPS. | |||
[59] ENSURE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10. | |||
[60] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker. | |||
(Acc Crit) | (Acc Crit) | ||
[61] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. (Acc Crit) | |||
[ | [62] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH 11NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR2. | ||
[63] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker and the frequency increased after the performance of step 6.7[62]. | |||
[ | [64] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER and the frequency increased after the performance of step 6.7[62]. | ||
[65] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
[66] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in OPR. | |||
[ | [67] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 0 CPS. | ||
A. | [68] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker. | ||
[69] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. | |||
[70] PUSH STOP button on the SCALER/TIMER. | |||
[ | [71] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | ||
( | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 174 Date | ||
[ | ..6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued) | ||
[72] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[ | [73] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL. | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | [74] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is | A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
B. 2-XA-55-4A165-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
[75] PLACE POWER switch on SCALER/TIMER in OFF. | |||
[76] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch in OFF. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check NOTE Testing to ensure that DECADES PER MINUTE meters indicate Source and Intermediate Range channels individually is performed in Sections 6.3 through 6.6. | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | [1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.8 have been completed. | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is | [2] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31. | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | [3] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | [4] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM. | ||
[5] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. | |||
[6] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[7] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[8] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM. | |||
[9] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[10] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
[11] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM on (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[12] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[13] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[14] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM. | |||
[15] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately I DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. | |||
[16] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
[17] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[18] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[19] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[20] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
[21] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[22] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N35. | |||
[23] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[24] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[25] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM. | |||
[26] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
[27] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[28] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM._ | |||
[29] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[30] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
.[31] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[32] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N36. | |||
[33] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B182-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[34] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM. | |||
[35] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM. | |||
[36] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[37] VERIFY the following: | [37] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP,indicates approximately 5 DPM.D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.[40] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.[41] VERIFY the following: | B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is | C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
[38] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5 DPM. | |||
If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute | [39] VERIFY the following: | ||
[43] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I | A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT. | ||
[44] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, | B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | ||
[47] VERIFY the following: | D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | [40] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH | [41] VERIFY the following: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT. | ||
[53] VERIFY the following: | B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH | C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH | D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[57] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP,indicates approximately 5 DPM.[58] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH | NOTES | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | : 1) Steps 6.8[42] through 6.8[62]D will test the functionality of the test generator ramp rates built into Channel 1 Source Range (N31) and Intermediate Range (N35) drawers. | ||
[62] VERIFY the following: | : 2) The ramp generator output may only function linearly for 1 minute before the output voltage range is exceeded. If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute and verification steps have not been completed then the ramp may be reset by switching the TEST SELECTOR switch to MSV 6 and waiting for the ramp to stabilize to an indication of 0 DPM. At that point the ramp may be restarted by selecting the appropriate ramp (DPM I or DPM 5) on the TEST SELECTOR switch. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | [42] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute | [43] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | ||
[64] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II | [44] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31. | ||
[65] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, | [45] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | ||
[67] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON | B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | [46] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH | A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | ||
[72] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP,indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)[73] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [47] VERIFY the following: | ||
[76] VERIFY the following: | A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH I1.NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM.B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH | B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | ||
[80] VERIFY the following: | D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | ||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH | [48] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 1. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | [49] VERIFY the following: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
[2] PERFORM the following steps on N31, CH I NEUTRON | B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 | C. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
.Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
[5] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON | E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | [50] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N35. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. | [51] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | ||
Rev. | [52] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV6. | ||
[7] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 781 CPS.B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 9.38 x 10- %.D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [53] VERIFY the following: | ||
[11] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON | A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
[12] VERIFY the following: | B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
[13] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON | E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
[54] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 5. | |||
[55] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[56] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[57] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[58] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR. | |||
[59] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[60] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[61] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[62] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) Steps 6.8[63] through 6.8[83]D will test the functionality of the test generator ramp rates built into Channel II Source Range (N32) and Intermediate Range (N36) drawers. | |||
: 2) The ramp generator output may only function linearly for 1 minute before the output voltage range is exceeded. If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute and verification steps have not be completed then the ramp may be reset by switching the TEST SELECTOR switch to MSV 6 and waiting for the ramp to stabilize to an indication of 0 DPM. At that point the ramp may be restarted by selecting the appropriate ramp (DPM 1 or DPM 5) on the TEST SELECTOR switch. | |||
[63] ENSURE-ADJUST potentiometer on N32, CH IINEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
[64] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE. | |||
[65] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32. | |||
[66] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[67] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
[68] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
[69] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 1. | |||
[70] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
[71] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N36. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[72] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit) | |||
[73] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV6. | |||
[74] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[75] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 5. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[76] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH I1. | |||
NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM. | |||
[77] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32. | |||
[78] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates 5 DPM. | |||
[79] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued) | |||
[80] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[81] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[82] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
[83] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following steps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
[3] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
C. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 2. | |||
[4] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT. | |||
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 | |||
.Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 133 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[5] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is.LIT. | |||
D. % Power Level display indicates approximately 9.38 x 106. %. | |||
[6] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 134 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[7] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10): | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 9.38 x 10- %. | |||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE indicator is LIT. | |||
[8] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
[9] PERFORM the followingsteps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
[10] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates downscale._ | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[11] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
E. % Power Level display indicates downscale. | |||
[12] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
G. Unit 2 Event.Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[13] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10): | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
[14] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of | E. NON-OPERATE indicator is NOT LIT. | ||
C. Wire 10201 from Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 5.. | CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection. | ||
[17] VERIFY the following: | NOTE Steps 6.9[14] through 6.9[16] will energize the Channel I Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to prevent an unwanted reactor trip during testing of the NON-OPERATE functions. | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | [14] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-13: | ||
is NOT LIT. | A. Wire 10205 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | CV B. Wire 10206 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 4. | ||
[20] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N31, CH | CV | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | |||
[21] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 137 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | C. Wire 10201 from Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 5. | ||
[23] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block | .CV D. Wire 10202 from Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 6. | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | CV | ||
[25] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N35, CH | [15] CONNECT separate 120 VAC monitored, variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points located in the rear of 2-M-13: | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 CV M&TE Cal Due Date B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV M&TE Cal Due Date | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [16] ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.9[15] to 118-120 VAC. | ||
[26] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block | A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 | ||
CV WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | |||
[30] VERIFY the following: | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON | [17] VERIFY the following: | ||
is LIT.D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)[31] CONNECT connector P1 to the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT | A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31,: CH I NEUTRON | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
is NOT LIT.D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.[33] ADJUST decade resistance box for a dial setting of 20K ohms.[34] CONNECT decade resistance box to test points TP1 (+) | C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
E. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
[35] DECREASE resistance on decade box until the | F. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON | G. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT. | ||
is LIT.E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | NOTE Step 6.9[18] through Step 6.9[27] will verify that a tripped condition results from a simulated loss of power to the Source and Intermediate Range Drawers. | ||
[37] INCREASE resistance on decade box until the | [18] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [19] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB123 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | ||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 139 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | ||
is NOT LIT.E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.[39] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I | [20] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
(401 PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-138-D, | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position. | ||
Cv[41] VERIFY 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [21] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB123 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | ||
[45] VERIFY the following: | [22] PERFORM the following steps at the -rear of N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates upscale.B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates upscale.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates upscale.D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates upscale.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.[46] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S3 on. the Test Generator Assy.[47] VERIFY the following: | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position. | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position. | |||
[23] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | |||
[24] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position. | |||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position. | |||
[25] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position. | |||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 140 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[26] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | |||
[27] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB1 23 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | |||
[28] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
[29] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, in the Additional Equipment Building (AlIW, El. 737'). | |||
A. OPEN door. | |||
B. DISCONNECT connector P1 from the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 to simulate a low voltage power supply abnormality. | |||
CV | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[30] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
C. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is LIT. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | |||
[31] CONNECT connector P1 to the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY. | |||
Cv | |||
[32] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31,: CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
C. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
[33] ADJUST decade resistance box for a dial setting of 20K ohms. | |||
[34] CONNECT decade resistance box to test points TP1 (+) and TP10(-) in 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY. | |||
Cv | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02. | |||
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
NOTE The following step simulates a High Voltage Supply undervoltage. | |||
[35] DECREASE resistance on decade box until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, LIGHTS. | |||
[36] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
D. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is LIT. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | |||
NOTE The following step removes the simulated High Voltage Supply undervoltage condition. | |||
[37] INCREASE resistance on decade box until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, goes OUT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 143 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
D. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
[39] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY. | |||
A. DISCONNECT decade resistance box from test points TPI(+) and TP10(-). | |||
CV B. CLOSE and SECURE door. | |||
CV | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
(401 PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-138-D, OPTICAL ISOLATOR, located in the Auxiliary Building Additional Equipment Room (Al 1W, El. 737'). | |||
A. OPEN enclosure to gain access to the TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch. | |||
B. PLACE TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch in APPX R. | |||
Cv C. CLOSE and SECURE the OPTICAL ISOLATOR enclosure. | |||
Cv | |||
[41] VERIFY 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
NOTES | |||
: 1) The remaining steps of this section will be performed at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10) unless otherwise noted. | |||
: 2) Assistance is needed at the rear of the 2-L-1 0 NIS signal processor while sliding drawer out to ensure cables do not hang up or become damaged during removal. | |||
: 3) The log count rate circuits have long time constants; therefore, the output may take 60 seconds to settle when the Test switches located on the Test Generator are toggled. | |||
[42] LOOSEN the front panel thumbscrews, AND SLIDE the drawer out. | |||
[43] REMOVE the upper safety cover. | |||
[44] TOGGLE ON Test switch S3 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 145 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[45] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates upscale. | |||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates upscale. | |||
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates upscale. | |||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates upscale. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
[46] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S3 on. the Test Generator Assy. | |||
[47] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.(48] TOGGLE ON Test switch S1 on the Test Generator Assy. | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
[49] VERIFY the following: | E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | ||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 2 x 105 CPS.B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 4.7x 10-2%.D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately | (48] TOGGLE ON Test switch S1 on the Test Generator Assy. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 146 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[49] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 2 x 105 CPS. | |||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 4.7x 10-2%. | |||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
[50] TOGGLE OFF Test switch SI on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
[51] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 12 CPS.B. SOURCE. RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 3x 10-7%. | D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | ||
(52] TOGGLE ON Test switch S2 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.[54] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S2 on the Test Generator Assy.*[55] VERIFY the following: | [53] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 12 CPS. | |||
B. SOURCE. RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 3x 10-7%. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 147 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier,, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
[54] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S2 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
*[55] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.[56] TOGGLE ON Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy.[57] VERIFY the following: | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[56] TOGGLE ON Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
[57] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 'SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. 'SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 100%.D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.[58] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 100%. | ||
[59] VERIFY the following: | D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
[58] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 148 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[59] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.[60] TOGGLE ON Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy..[61] VERIFY the following: | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | |||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[60] TOGGLE ON Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy.. | |||
[61] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 1.3x 10-2%.D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.(62] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 1.3x 10-2 %. | ||
[63] VERIFY the following: | D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
(62] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 149 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
[63] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.[64] INSTALL the safety cover in the drawer.[65] SLIDE the drawer into the panel, | C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM. | ||
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
[64] INSTALL the safety cover in the drawer. | |||
[66] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in | [65] SLIDE the drawer into the panel, AND TIGHTEN the thumbscrews. | ||
.sets of terminal points:A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & | |||
B. Wire 10206 to Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 4. | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 150 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE | CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | NOTE Steps 6.9[66] through 6.9[68] will remove the 118 voltage supplied to the Channel 1 Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to return the rack to its normal configuration. | ||
G. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON | [66] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.9[15]. | ||
is NOT LIT. | A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [67] REMOVE variable power supplies across each of the following | ||
[2] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON | .sets of terminal points: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 CV B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV | ||
[5] VERIFY the following on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON | [68] LAND the following disconnected leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-13: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-6 SOURCE RANGE | A. Wire 10205 to Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | CV | ||
[8] PERFORM the following on N32, CH II NEUTRON | |||
[9] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 151 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. Wire 10206 to Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 4. | ||
Cv C. Wire 10201 to Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 5 Cv D. Wire 10202 to Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 6. | |||
*Cv | |||
[69] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP is NORMAL. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 152 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued) | |||
G. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
H. IRPSR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
I. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
J. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 153 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check | |||
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.10 have been completed. | |||
[2] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK. | |||
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
[3] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE. | |||
C. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 2. | |||
[4] VERIFY the following on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. | |||
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT. | |||
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates approximately 781 CPS. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 154 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
[5] VERIFY the following on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. | |||
B. IRISR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT. | |||
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT. | |||
D. % Power Level display indicates approximately 9.38 x 10"6 %. | |||
[6] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-6 SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM. | |||
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM. | |||
[7] PERFORM the following on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. | |||
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 155 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
[8] PERFORM the following on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | |||
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. | |||
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL. | |||
C. VERIFY CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
D. VERIFY SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
F. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates downscale. | |||
[9] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | |||
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT. | |||
E. % Power Level display indicates downscale. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 156 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
[10] VERIFY the following: | [10] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | ||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4AN65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
through 6.10[13] | E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR. | ||
will energize the Channel II Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to prevent an unwanted reactor trip during testing of the NON-OPERATE functions. | F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR. | ||
[11] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of | G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL INTEST is NORMAL. | ||
[12] CONNECT separate 120 VAC monitored, variable | |||
[14] VERIFY the following: | I WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Paqe 157 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection. | ||
through Step 6.10[24] | NOTE Steps 6.10[111] through 6.10[13] will energize the Channel II Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to prevent an unwanted reactor trip during testing of the NON-OPERATE functions. | ||
will verify that a tripped condition results from | [11] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 1 A. Wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | Cv B. Wire 20206 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 4. | ||
[17] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N32, CH | Cv C. Wire 20201 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 5. | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | Cv D. Wire 20202 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 6. | ||
[18] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block | CV | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | |||
[20] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 158 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | [12] CONNECT separate 120 VAC monitored, variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points located in the rear of 2-M-1 3: | ||
[22] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N36, CH | A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 Cv M&TE Cal Due Date B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 Cv M&TE Cal Due Date | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the | [13] ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.10[121 to 118-120 VAC. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 | ||
[23] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block | |||
B. DISCONNECT connector P1 from the | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 159 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel i1Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | ||
CV[26] VERIFY the following: | [14] VERIFY the following: | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH | A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
[28] VERIFY the following: | B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON | C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. | ||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. | |||
[30] DECREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the | E. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON | F. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | NOTE Step 6.10[15] through Step 6.10[24] will verify that a tripped condition results from a simulated loss of power to the Source and Intermediate Range Drawers. | ||
[15] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | |||
[32] INCREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the | [16] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | ||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 160 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
Cv WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [17] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
[ | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position. | ||
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position. | |||
through 6.10(37] | [18] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | ||
will remove the 118 voltage supplied to the Channel | [19] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
[35] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position. | ||
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & | B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position. | ||
B. Wire 20206 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 4. | [20] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal I and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | ||
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE | [21] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR: | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position. | ||
> 1 CPS.(Acc Crit)[3] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-131 | B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position. | ||
-D is exposed to a | [22] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR: | ||
indicates> | A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position. | ||
1 CPS. (Acc Crit)[4] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-132-E is exposed to a | B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position. | ||
> 1 CPS.(Acc Crit)[5] RECORD Work Order Numbers, | |||
A. N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 161 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | [23] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP). | ||
[1] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and | [24] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip). | ||
[2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to | [25] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, located in the Additional Equipment Building (Al 1W, El. 729'). | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | A. OPEN the amplifier enclosure to gain access to the wide range amplifier components. | ||
: 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.PROCEDURE/ | B. DISCONNECT connector P1 from the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 to simulate a low voltage power supply abnormality. | ||
INITIAL AND DATE.INSTRUCTION REVISlONICHANGES (NIA for no change)FSAR-Amendment | CV | ||
: 2) These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed.ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO | [26] VERIFY the following: | ||
(NIA)2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data. | A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH IINEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. | B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36 CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | ||
This routine performs some basic | C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit) | ||
Proper operation of the instrument is verified by ensuring that all of the | [27] CONNECT connector P1 to the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY. | ||
The following Table describes each test and error codes: | CV | ||
2 Ratio rotary switch -The test ensures only one contact | |||
Timer works properly | WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 162 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | ||
-The timer is set up and | [28] VERIFY the following: | ||
This signal is counted by the | A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | ||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. | |||
[29] ADJUST a decade resistance box to 20K ohms, AND CONNECT the decade resistance box to TPI(+) and TP10(-) | |||
on the backplane of 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP assembly. | |||
CV NOTE The following step simulates a High Voltage Supply undervoltage. | |||
[30] DECREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, LIGHTS. | |||
[31] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit) | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE(INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM (Acc Crit) | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 163 of 174. | |||
Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
NOTE The following step removes the simulated a High Voltage Supply undervoltage condition. | |||
[32] INCREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, goes OUT. | |||
[33] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
[34] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY. | |||
A. DISCONNECT the decade resistance box from test points TP1(+) and TP10(-) on the backplane of the amplifier. | |||
CV B. CLOSE and SECURE the amplifier enclosure. | |||
Cv | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 164 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
[CAUTION 118 VAC is present Sprotection., | |||
in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal NOTE Steps 6.10[35] through 6.10(37] will remove the 118 voltage supplied to the Channel 2 Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to return the rack to its normal configuration. | |||
[35] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.10[12]. | |||
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 | |||
[36] REMOVE variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points: | |||
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 Cv B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV | |||
[37] LAND the following disconnected leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 3: | |||
A. Wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3. | |||
Cv | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 165 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued) | |||
B. Wire 20206 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 4. | |||
Cv C. Wire 20201 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 5. | |||
Cv D. Wire 20202 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 6. | |||
Cv | |||
[38] VERIFY the following: | |||
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR. | |||
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL. | |||
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR. | |||
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR. | |||
G. SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
H. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
I. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 166 of 174 Date 6.11 Startup and Intermediate Range Detector Testing | |||
[1] PERFORM Work Order to verify the response following Startup Range Neutron Monitors when associated detectors are exposed to a neutron source. | |||
[2] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-131-D is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on N31, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates > 1 CPS. | |||
(Acc Crit) | |||
[3] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-131 -D is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), | |||
indicates> 1 CPS. (Acc Crit) | |||
[4] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-132-E is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on N32, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates > 1 CPS. | |||
(Acc Crit) | |||
[5] RECORD Work Order Numbers, AND ATTACH to test instruction. | |||
A. N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR WO# | |||
B. N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR WO# | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 167 of 174 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance. | |||
[1] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and system alignment. | |||
[2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, AND RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log. | |||
[3] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of permanent plant instruments used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, AND RECORD the results on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 168 of 174 Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 169 of 174 Appendix A (Page I of 1) | |||
TEST PROCEDURES/lINSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTES | |||
: 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | |||
: 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact. | |||
PROCEDURE/ INITIAL AND DATE. | |||
INSTRUCTION REVISlONICHANGES (NIA for no change) | |||
FSAR-Amendment 109 Section 7.2 Section 7.7 Table 14.2-1 Sht 60 of 89 VR-WBC0842, Rev. 2 WBN2-92-4003 2-TSD-92-02 2-NMD-92-131-SR 2-NMD-92-131-IR 2-NMD-92-131-WR 2-NMD-92-132-SR 2-NMD-92-132-IR VTM-W120-2824, Rev. 10 EDCR 52421, Rev. A Westinghouse PLS Rev. 0 | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 170 of 174 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1) | |||
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Date NOTES | |||
: 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary. | |||
: 2) These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. | |||
ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No. DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. CV BylDate No. CV BylDate | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 171 of 174 Appendix C (Page I of 1) | |||
PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date | |||
..INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND POSITIONED USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED1 INSERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION 2 INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE LOOP # INITIALJDATE INITIDATE INITIDATE YES NO 2-NI-092-131-D YES 2-NI-092-132-E YES 2-NI-092-135-D YES 2-NI-092-136-E YES 2-IDWR-092-N34 YES | |||
.2-IDWR-092-N46-G YES 2-NI-092-133-D YES 2-NI-092-134-E YES 2-NI-092-1138 YES These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (NIA) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data. | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 172 of 174 Appendix D (Page 1 of 1) | |||
COMPUTER POINT VERIFICATION LOG Date STATUS - IN SCAN COMPUTER POINT DESCRIPTION INITIAL & DATE Subsection 6.1 SOURCE RANGE DETECTOR 1 LOG Q INTERM RNG LOG Q Subsection 6.2 I | |||
SOURCE RANGE DETECTOR 2 LOG Q INTERM RNG LOG Q | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 173 of 174 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1) | |||
BREAKER LINEUP Date BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER TEST VERIFIED BY IDENTIFICATION NOMENCLATURE LOCATION POSITION INITIALIDATE 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/45 NIS INST PWR CH I TO PNL 2-M-13 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON NIS CONT PWR CH I MAIN CONTROL 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/46 RM PNL 2-M-13 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-2/45 NIS INST PWR CH II TO PNL 2-M-13 2-11, 2-BD-235-2 ON MAIN CONTROL RM PNL 2-M-13 NIS 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-2/46 CONT PWR CH II 2-11, 2-BD-235-2 ON NIS INST PWR CH I TO CH I AMP & 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/30 APP R OPTICAL ISOL 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON NIS INSTR PWR CH I TO PNL 2-L-10 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/18 SIG PROC DISP 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/2 PNL 2-M-4 INSTR BUS 4 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/29 NIS INSTR PWR CH IVTO PNL 2-M-13 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/30 NIS INSTR PWR CH IVTO PNL 2-M-13 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON | |||
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 174 of 174 Appendix F (Page 1 of 1) | |||
SHUTDOWN MONITOR SELF-TEST ERROR CODES Date The Shutdown Monitor self-test routine is executed when the unit is first turned ON or when the TEST Pushbutton is pressed. This routine performs some basic checks of the systems and displays an error message if a failure has been detected. | |||
Proper operation of the instrument is verified by ensuring that all of the LEDs illuminate while the instrument performs the 6 step self-test which takes a few seconds. The following Table describes each test and error codes: | |||
Test Number Description of Test Error Code Proper operation of PROM - The entire PROM memory 0 is summed to give an 8-bit value which is then EQ compared with the correct value. | |||
Proper read proper operation of RAM and write - The entire RAM is tested for operation. El 2 Ratio rotary switch - The test ensures only one contact E2 is closed. | |||
3 Background jumpers - The test ensures only one E3 jumper is installed. | |||
Timer works properly - The timer is set up and then 4 checked to verify that it has changed after a short E4 period. | |||
Input signal path through input of counter - A signal is synthesized by the microprocessor and then sent 5 through the input section. This signal is counted by the E5 microprocessor and compared with the signal it generated.}} | |||
Latest revision as of 15:45, 4 November 2019
| ML13226A130 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Watts Bar  |
| Issue date: | 08/07/2013 |
| From: | Hruby R Tennessee Valley Authority |
| To: | Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation |
| References | |
| 2-PTI-001-01, 2-PTI-092-02 | |
| Download: ML13226A130 (320) | |
Text
Tennessee Valley Authority, Post Office Box 2000, Spring City, Tennessee 37381-2000 August 7, 2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant, Unit 2 NRC Docket No. 50-391
Subject:
Watts Bar Nuclear Plant (WBN) Unit 2 - Submittal of Pre-op Test Instructions The following approved WBN Unit 2 Pre-op Test Instructions (PTIs) are enclosed:
PTI NUMBER Rev. TITLE 2-PTI-001-01 0 Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves Functional Test 2-PTI-092-02 0 Source & Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation If you have any questions, please contact Nick Welch at (423) 365-7820.
Respectfully, Raymond A. Hruby, Jr.
General Manager, Technical Services Watts Bar Unit 2 Enclosures D3PA
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Page 2 August 7, 2013 cc (Enclosures):
U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II Marquis One Tower 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1257 NRC Resident Inspector Unit 2 Watts Bar Nuclear Plant 1260 Nuclear Plant Road Spring City, Tennessee 37381
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES FUNCTIONAL TEST Instruction No: 2-PTI-001-01 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: Jose-h -Wooten DATE: ;///4 PRINT NAME I SINATURE REVIEWED BY: James Klein /j k---
L DATE: L1111113 ___
PRINT NAME I SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: //
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE: 1 APPROVED BY: PR1'FP*T NAL STATUP MANAGER-- DATE:4iL 3 TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No:
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE:
APPROVED BY.: DATE:
PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SMP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12107/2010
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 144 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of Revision/Change 0000 rl j \ , ALL Initial Issue based on Unit 1 PTI-001-01 Rev 0 CN1 through CN-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 144 Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
................................................................................................... 5 1.1 P u rp os e ........................................................................................................................ 5 1.2 Sc o p e ............................................................................................................................ 5
2.0 REFERENCES
........................................................................................................ 6 2.1 Performance References ........................................................................................ 6 2.2 Developmental References ...................................................................................... 6 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ....................................................................... 9 4.0 PREREQUISITES ....................................................................................................... 11 4.1 Preliminary Actions ................................................................................................. 11 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ....................... 15 4.3 Field Preparations .................................................................................................. 16 4.4 Approvals and Notifications ................................................................................... 25 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................... 26 6.0 PERFORMANCE .................................................................................................... 31 6.1 Initial Conditions ................................................................................................... 31 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 ........................................ 31 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -148 ........................................ 38 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 ........................................ 45 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 ......................................... 52 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing .................................... 59 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1 -11 Functional Testing ................................... 72 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1 -22 Functional Testing .................................. 85 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing .................................. 98 6.10 Train A SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing .............................................................. 111 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 ............................................... 111 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 ............................................. 116 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV 149 .............................................................................................................. 12 0
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 144 Table of Contents (continued) 6.11 Train B SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing .............................................................. 123 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 .............................................. 123 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 ............................................. 128 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV 15 0 .............................................................................................................. 13 2 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ..................................................................... 135 8.0 R EC O R DS ................................................................................................................ 139 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE R EV IEW ................................................................................................... 140 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................................................. 141 Appendix C: PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG .................................. 142 Appendix D: HANDSWITCH LINEUP ........................................................................... 143
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000
_Page 5 of 144 Date
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose This test will verify that the Main Steam Isolation Valves, 2-FCV-1 -4, 11, 22, 29 and Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves, 2-FCV-1-147, 148, 149 and 150 will perform the following design functions:
- Demonstrate remote and control room operation of the Isolation Valves
" Demonstrate the capability of the Isolation Valves to close upon receipt of an isolation signal
- Demonstrate Isolation Valves closure time is in accordance with Technical Specification (Draft) requirements
- Demonstrate safety related control and interlock functions of the Isolation Valves 1.2 Scope Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 verify each of the Bypass Isolation Valves operate remotely and locally by their respective control switch with proper position indication.
Additionally, each valve fails close on a simulated loss of power or air and specific closure time requirements are verified.
Sections 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 verify each of the Main Steam Isolation Valves operate remotely and locally by their respective control switch with proper position indication.
Additionally, each valve fails close on a simulated loss of power, specific closure time requirements and interlock functions of the Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves are verified.
All testing is to be performed during Hot Functional Testing at the 5570 F plateau.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 144 Date
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-7.0, Control of System Cleanliness Layup and Flushing B. SMP-9.0, Test Conduct C. 2-PTI-068-01, Hot Functional Testing 2.2 Developmental References A. SO1-1.01, Rev. 42, System Operating Instruction Main Steam System B. WBN2-1-4002, Rev. 3, System Description - Main Steam System C. Final Safety Analysis Report, Amendment 109, Section 10.3, Main Steam Supply System
- FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 65, Main Steam and Feedwater Isolation Valves Test Summary
- FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 78, Integrated Hot Functional Test Summary
- FSAR Table 14.2-1, Sheet 83, Containment Isolation System Test Summary D. 2-TSD-1-1, Rev. 0, Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves E. Drawings
- 1. Flow Diagrams
- a. 2-47W801-1, Flow Diagram Main & Reheat Steam, Rev. 11
- b. 2-47W848-6, Mechanical Flow Diagram Control Air, Rev. 7
- c. 2-47W848-9, Mechanical Flow Diagram Control Air, Rev. 8
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 144 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- 2. Electrical
- a. 2-45W600-1-2, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1
- b. 2-45W600-1-5, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 2
- c. 2-45W600-1-6, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1
- d. 2-45W600-1-7, Wiring Diagram Main Steam System Schematic Diagram, Rev. 1
- e. 2-47W610-1-1, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10
- f. 2-47W610-1 -IA, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10
- g. 2-47W610-1-2, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10
- h. 2-47W610-1-2A, Electrical Control Diagram Main Steam System, Rev. 10
- i. 45W703-7, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III PNL 4 Connection Diagram Sheet 7, Rev. 19
- j. 1-45W703-7A, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board III PNL 4 Connection Diagram, Rev. 14
- k. 45W703-8, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV PNL 4 Connection Diagram, Rev. 20
- 1. 2-45W703-8A, Wiring Diagrams 125V Vital Battery Board IV PNL 4 Connection Diagram Sheet 8A, Rev. 0
- m. 45N2630-39, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 39, Rev. 15, DRA 53217-131, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-132, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-133, Rev. 0
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 144 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- n. 45N2630-58, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 58, Rev. 10, DRA 52322-194, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-155, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-156, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-158, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-159, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-162, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-163, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-168, Rev. 0
- o. 45N2630-59, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 59, Rev. 9, DRA 53217-154, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-157, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-160, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-161, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-164, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-165, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-169, Rev. 0
- p. 45N2630-77, Wiring Diagrams Miscellaneous Valves Connection Diagrams SH 77, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-128, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-129, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-167, Rev. 0
- q. 45N2643-4, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-4 Connection Diagrams SH 4, Rev. 14, DRA 53217-176, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-177, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-178, Rev. 0, DRA 53217-179, Rev. 0
- r. 2-45N2643-9, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-4 Connection Diagrams SH 9, Rev. 0
- s. 2-47W611-1-1, Electrical Logic Diagram Main and Reheat Steam, Rev. 4
- t. 2-45N2676-4, Wiring Diagram Solid State Protection System Train A Connection Diagram, Rev. 1
- v. 2-54114-1-1082H70-19, Electrical - Schematic Output Relays Solid State Protection System, Rev. 0
- w. 2-54114-1-1082H70-27D, Electrical - Schematic Output Relays Solid State Protection System, Rev. 0
- x. 1082H70-27A, SSPS Schematic Diagram, Rev. AE
- y. 1082H70-27D, SSPS Schematic Diagram, Rev. AE
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 144 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.
B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be reverified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 entry made.
C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN) in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.
D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required.
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.
H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.
I. Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
J. When installing fuses with actuators, ensure the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation or visual indication.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 144 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
K. Portions of this test will be conducted around steam. Caution should be used when in those areas.
L. The Main Steam System will be in service and dedicated to the performance of this test. Caution should be used when operating a system that interfaces with the Main Steam System.
M. Opening MSIVs with greater than 25 psid across them could cause a water hammer in the steam lines, or a negative rate SI or steam line isolation.
N. System water chemistry is within system specifiable parameters especially for fluids supplied from external sources.
- 0. During performance of this procedure visual observation of piping and components is required. This includes steady state and transient operations with visual confirmation that vibration is not excessive.
P. If the vibration is determined to be excessive the Test Engineer shall initiate a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 144 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITES NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply.
4.1 Preliminary Actions
[1] VERIFY the test performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including the change notices.
[2] OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from the latest revision of SMP-9.0, and ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.
[3] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance.
[4] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, and ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change paper that were reviewed to the data package.
[5] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), and ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.
[6] ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[7] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's),
Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCNs, EDCRs and T-Mods that were reviewed to the data package.
[8] ENSURE a review of outstanding clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance and RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.
[9] VERIFY system cleanliness as required for the performance of this test has been completed in accordance with SMP-7.0.
[10] ENSURE all piping supports required for testing are installed and adjusted as required.
[11] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as required) filled, vented, placed in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log.
[12] VERIFY M&TE calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[13] ENSURE System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master switches are ON, and the window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows.
A. 2-XA-55-3C/57-E B. 2-XA-55-6F/148-B C. 2-XA-55-6F/148-C D. 2-XA-55-1C/19-B E. 2-XA-55-1C/20-B
[14] VERIFY the following systems are operational and have been placed in service to the extent necessary to perform this test:
A. System 032, Control Air to all AOVs B. System 01, Main Steam Pressure up to the turbine stop valves and condenser steam dump valves C. 125V DC Battery Board III D. 125V DC Battery Board IV E. 120V AC Vital Instrument Board 2-111 Breaker 27 F. 120V AC Vital Instrument Board 2-IV Breaker 28
[15] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.
[16] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure NO conditions exist that will impact test performance.
[17] CONDUCT pre-test briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.
[18] ESTABLISH communications in areas where testing is to be conducted.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 144 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[19] ENSURE the following Integrated Computer System (ICS) points are in scan:
A. FD2000, SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE B. FD2002, SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE C. FD2004, SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE D. FD2006, SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE
[20] REVIEW preventive maintenance for systems components covered by this test, and VERIFY NO conditions exist that will impact test performance.
[21] ENSURE water chemistry for systems/components with water sources other than normal water sources is appropriate for testing.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 144 Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
[1] OBTAIN two test leads, 22 AWG or larger, one long enough to reach from the back to the front of 2-R-48, approximately 20 feet, and the other approximately 6 feet long.
[2] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates (if required), and RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.
Digital Stopwatch (2) Micronta Model 63-5010 or equivalent, accuracy of +/- 0.1 second
- Multichannel recorders (2) Western Graphtec model WR3101 or equivalent (6 channels to record 125 VDC on or off voltage, accuracy + 1%, chart speed accuracy + 0.24%, + 0.6mm)
- Metal ruler, at least 6 inches long with 1/16 inch markings
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations NOTE The recorders in Steps 4.3[1] through 4.3[8] should be connected with alligator clips to avoid inadvertent circuit interruption and MSIV closure.
[1] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-4 Train A as follows (Section 6.6):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals I 2-M-4 A-30 5 and 6 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-30 4 and 9 Cv
- 3 2-R-48 TB624 5 and 6 Cv 2-R-48 TB624 7 and 8 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-30 1 and 9 Cv
- (K616 contacts 1 and 2)
- (K616 contacts 3 and 4)
Drawings:
- 1. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 2. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 5. 45N2643-4, 45W600-1-5 3.45N2676-4, 45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[2] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-4 Train B as follows (Section 6.6):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-7 6 and 7 CV 2 2-M-4 A-30 4 and 9 CV
- 3 2-R-51 TB624 5 and 6 CV
- 4 2-R-51 TB624 7 and 8 CV 5 2-M-4 A-30 1 and 9 CV
- (K616 contacts I and 2)
- (K616 contacts 3 and 4)
Drawings:
- 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6
- 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[3] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-I-1 1 Train A as follows (Section 6.7):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-4 7 and 8 CV 2 2-M-4 A-4 6 and 11 CV
- 3 2-R-48 TB624 9 and 10 CV
- 4 2-R-48 TB624 11 and 12 CV 5 2-M-4 A-4 3 and 11 CV
- (K616 contacts 7 and 8)
- (K616 contacts 9 and 10)
Drawings:
- 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5
- 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[4] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-1 1 Train B as follows (Section 6.7):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals I 2-M-4 B-8 6 and 7 CV 2 2-M-4 A-4 6 and 11 CV
- 3 2-R-51 TB624 9 and 10 CV
- 4 2-R-51 TB624 11 and 12 CV 5 2-M-4 A-4 3 and 11 Cv
- (K616 contacts 7 and 8)
- (K616 contacts 9 and 10)
Drawings:
- 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6
- 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[5] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-22 Train A as follows (Section 6.8):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-2 8 and 9 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-2 7 and 12 Cv
- 3 2-R-48 TB625 9 and 10 Cv
- 4 2-R-48 TB625 11 and 12 Cv 2-M-4 A-2 4 and 12 Cv
- (K623 contacts 1 and 2)
- (K623 contacts 3 and 4)
Drawings:
- 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5
- 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 21 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[6] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-22 Train B as follows (Section 6.8):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-9 6 and 7 cv 2 2-M-4 A-2 7 and 12 CV
- 3 2-R-51 TB625 9 and 10 Cv 2-R-51 TB625 11 and 12 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-2 4 and 12 Cv
- (K623 contacts 1 and 2)
- (K623 contacts 9 and 10)
Drawings:
- 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6
- 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[7] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-29 Train A as follows (Section 6.9):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 A-1 5 and 6 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-1 4 and 9 Cv
- 3 2-R-48 TB626 1 and 2 Cv
- 4 2-R-48 TB626 3 and 4 Cv 5 2-M-4 A-1 1 and 9 Cv
- (K623 contacts 7 and 8)
- (K623 contacts 9 and 10)
Drawings:
- 1. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2676-4, 2- 45W600-1-5
- 4. 45N2676-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[8] CONNECT Multichannel recorders (Channel range set to record voltage change of state from 0-125V DC) to monitor MSIV 2-FCV-1-29 Train B as follows (Section 6.9):
Channel Panel Terminal Strip Terminals 1 2-M-4 B-14 6 and 7 Cv 2 2-M-4 A-1 4 and 9 Cv
- 3 2-R-51 TB626 1 and 2 CV
- 4 2-R-51 TB626 3 and 4 CV 5 2-M-4 A-1 1 and 9 Cv
- (K623 contacts 7 and 8)
- (K623 contacts 9 and 10)
Drawings:
- 1. 2-45N2643-9, 2-45W600-1-6
- 2. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
- 3. 45N2677-4, 2- 45W600-1-6
- 4. 45N2677-4, 2-45W600-1-7
- 5. 45N2643-4, 2-45W600-1-5
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 24 of 144 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[91 VERIFY spring cans identified for System 001 testing are installed, unpinned, and on scale with NO visual indication of damage, loose parts, or interferences.
[101 VERIFY supports required for System 001 testing are in place or an equivalent engineering approved temporary support is installed.
[11] VERIFY snubbers identified for System 001 testing are installed with NO visual indication of damage, loose parts or interferences.
[12] MARK the closed position on the MSIVs in a convenient spot as a reference for measuring the partial stroke.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 144 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.
Date Preoperational Startup Manager Signature
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor (US/SRO) or Shift Manager (SM) authorization.
US/SRO/SM Signature Date
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
[1] Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valves can be operated from the Control Room and remotely as follows:
[1.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve can be operated from its respective handswitches and indicating lights in the Main and Auxiliary Control Rooms indicate correct status and the alarms in the control room will annunciate correctly.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[5], 6.6[10], 6.6[16], 6.6[17])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[5], 6.7[10], 6.7[16], 6.7[17])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[5], 6.8[10], 6.8[16], 6.8[17])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[5], 6.9[10], 6.9[16], 6.9[17])
[1.2] The transfer switch will close the Main Steam Isolation Valves.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[14], 6.6[29])
B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.7[14], 6.7[29])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], 6.8[29])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9(14], 6.9[29])
[1.3] Alarms and the Unit 2 Events Display Screen will annunciate and record the MSIV CLOSED status when the transfer switch is used to close the valves.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6(14], 6.6[29])
B. 2-FCV-I-11 (Step 6.7(14], 6.7[29])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[14], 6.8[29])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[14], 6.9[29])
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[1.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve can be closed 10% of full stroke from the test handswitches.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[18], 6.6[34])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7(18], 6.7[34])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[18], 6.8[34])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[18], 6.9[34])
[1.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve can be operated from their respective handswitches in the Main Control Room and their respective indicating lights indicate the correct valve position.
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[6], 6.2[7])
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[6], 6.3[7])
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[6], 6.4[7])
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[6], 6.5[7])
[1.6] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will NOT operate unless the local handswitches are in the POWER ON position.
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[5], 6.2[10])
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[5], 6.3[101)
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[5], 6.4[10])
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[5], 6.5[10])
[1.7] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will fail closed on loss of control air.
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[34])
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[34])
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[34])
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[34])
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[2] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valves close upon receipt of an isolation signal.
[2.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve closes on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train A.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[5.1])
B. 2-FCV-1 -11 (Step 6.10.1[5.2])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[5.1])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[5.2])
[2.2] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve closes on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train B.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.11.1[5.1])
B. 2-FCV-1-11(Step 6.11.1[5.2])
C. 2-FCV-1 -22 (Step 6.11.2[5.1])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.11.2[5.2])
[2.3] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close within ten seconds on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train A.
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.10.3[5], 6.10.3[6])
B. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[12], 6.10.3[13])
[2.4] Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valves close within ten seconds on a simulated containment high pressure or a steam line break from Train B.
A. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.11.3[5], 6.11.3[6])
B. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[12], 6.11.3[13])
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[3] The Main Steam Isolation and Bypass Valve closure time meet Technical Specification (Draft) requirements as follows:
[3.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will close within six seconds from receipt of a closure signal (Train A or Train B).
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[7.1], 6.11.117.1])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[7.2], 6.11.1[7.2])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.217.1], 6.11.2[7.1])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[7.2], 6.11.2[7.2])
[4) The Safety Related Controls and Interlocks function as identified below:
[4.1] Each Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will fail close within ten seconds from loss of its respective control power.
A. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.2[15], 6.2[16], 6.2[17])
B. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.3[15], 6.3[16], 6.3117])
C. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.4[15], 6.4[16], 6.4[17])
D. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.5[15], 6.5116], 6.5[17])
[4.2] A Main Steam Isolation Valve closure signal will override the test close sequence.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1124.1], 6.11.1[23.1])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[24.2], 6.11.1123.2])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[22.1], 6.11.2[23.1])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2[22.2], 6.11.2[23.2])
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 144 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[4.3] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from loss of control power from Train A in -<6 seconds.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[23), 6.6[25])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.7[23], 6.7[25])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[23], 6.8[25])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[23], 6.9[25])
[4.4] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve will fail close from loss of control power from Train B in -<6 seconds.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.6[40], 6.6[44])
B. 2-FCV-1-1 1 (Step 6.7[40], 6.7[44])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.8[40], 6.8[44])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.9[40], 6.9[44])
[4.5] Each Main Steam Isolation Valve and Main Steam Isolation Bypass Valve will remain closed when the ESFAS signal is reset.
A. 2-FCV-1-4 (Step 6.10.1[14], 6.11.1(14])
B. 2-FCV-1-11 (Step 6.10.1[15], 6.11.1[15])
C. 2-FCV-1-22 (Step 6.10.2[14], 6.11.2[14])
D. 2-FCV-1-29 (Step 6.10.2(15], 6.11.2[15])
E. 2-FCV-1-147 (Step 6.10.3[18.1])
F. 2-FCV-1-148 (Step 6.11.3[18.1])
G. 2-FCV-1-149 (Step 6.10.3[18.2])
H. 2-FCV-1-150 (Step 6.11.3[18.2])
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 144 Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTE Piping vibration is to be visually monitored in accordance with N3C-945 during steady state and transient conditions. Any excessive vibration will result in a Test Deficiency Notice (TDN).
6.1 Initial Conditions
[1] VERIFY all Precautions and Limitations in Section 3.0 have been reviewed.
[2] VERIFY that all Prerequisites in Section 4.0 are complete.
[3] VERIFY Unit 2 RCS is at the 557 0F plateau in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01.
[4] PERFORM the Handswitch Lineup listed in Appendix D.
6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, El. 729/SVR, is in the CLOSED position.
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-147, SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT.
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-147 remain NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued)
[4] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-147 remained CLOSED.
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, at JB-5163 El. 737/A13U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]A)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-147 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation)
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]A)
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-147 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]A)
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[7.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued)
[9] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]A)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT.
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT.
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-147B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following:
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -147 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation)
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -147 (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
- 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III (757/QA1 1, Panel 4 rear) (Dwg 45W703-7) Column C, to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1-147, and START the timer.
CV
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -147 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A)
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A)
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time, seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]A)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued)
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse.
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-IC 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT.
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip.
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL, is NOT LIT.
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse.
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT.
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip.
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -147 (continued)
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C43-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III.
CV
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1-147.
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3275, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-147.
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-147, Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]A)
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -147 NOT LIT
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-147 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1 -147 Control Air Pressure Regulator.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 144 Date 6.2 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-147 (continued)
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3275, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 LIT
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-147 NOT LIT
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -147 LIT
[38] PLACE 2-HS-1-147 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection of is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, El. 729/NVR is in the CLOSED position.
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-148, SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, are NOT LIT.
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-148 remain NOT LIT.
[4] VERIFY, by valve stem observation that 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED.
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, 2-JB-292-8272, A12U/757, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]B)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-148 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]B)
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-148 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]B)
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT
[7.2) Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN.
[9] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]B)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 NOT LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-148B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following:
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[11.3] 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 LIT
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fusesidevices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
- 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
(13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV (757/QA12, Panel 4 rear) Column C (Dwg 45W703-8), to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1 -148 and START the timer.
CV
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -148 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B)
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B)
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (__10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]B)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse.
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is LIT.
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip.
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse.
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is LIT.
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip.
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C48-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV.
CV
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1 -148.
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3577, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-148.
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1 -148 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]B)
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1 -148 Control Air Pressure Regulator.
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3577 and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 144 Date 6.3 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-148 (continued)
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-148 NOT LIT
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -148 LIT
[38] PLACE 2-HS-1-148 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, El. 729/NVR is in the CLOSED position.
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-149, SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT.
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-149 remain NOT LIT.
[4] VERIFY by valve stem observation that 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED.
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, 2-JB-292-8273 El. 757, Col. All U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]C)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]C)
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[6.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1-149 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]C)
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN.
[9] VERIFY, by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -149 is OPEN.
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]C)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
(11] PLACE 2-HS-1-149B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following:
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1 -149 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[12.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
- 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III (757/QA11, Panel 4 rear) (Dwg 45W703-7) Column C, to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1 -149, and START the timer.
CV
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[15] VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -149 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C)
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C)
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]C)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -149 (continued)
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse.
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL, is LIT.
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip.
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0001/C44-A negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse.
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is LIT.
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip.
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 19-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 19-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD III ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0003/C44-A at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT above 2-HS-1-149.
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3673, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1 -149.
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-149 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]C)
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -149 NOT LIT
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[34.3] 2-FCV-1-149 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1-149 Control Air Pressure Regulator.
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3673, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 144 Date 6.4 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
[371 PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-149 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-149 NOT LIT
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-149 LIT
[38] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1 -149 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
[1] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, El. 729/SVR is in the CLOSED position.
[2] VERIFY red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1-150, SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4 are NOT LIT.
[3] MOMENTARILY PLACE 2-HS-1-150, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position, and VERIFY the red and green position indicating lights above 2-HS-1 -150 remain NOT LIT.
[4] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1-150 remained CLOSED.
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-150B, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, JB-5162 El. 737, Col. A13U, in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]D)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-150 remains in the CLOSED position (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1 -150 (continued)
[6] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]D)
[6.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT
[6.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT
[6.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[7] PLACE 2-HS-1 -150 to the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.5]D)
[7.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT
[7.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[7.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[8] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until valve is FULL OPEN.
[9] VERIFY by valve stem observation, 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN.
[101 PLACE 2-HS-1-1 50B in the PWR OFF position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.6]D)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-150B in the PWR ON position, and VERIFY the following:
[11.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT
[11.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[11.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[12] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 indicates FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[12.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[12.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT
[12.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing locally and remotely. Local timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the completion of valve stem movement.
- 2) Remote timing begins with the initiating signal and is concluded with the position indication lights status change. Stroke time acceptance criteria will be based on the movement to the safety function final position of the valve.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[13] SIMULTANEOUSLY REMOVE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV(757/QA12, Panel 4 rear) Column C (Dwg 45W703-8), to simulate a loss of power to 2-FCV-1-150, and START the timer.
CV
[14] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NOT LIT.
[151 VERIFY by valve stem observation 2-FCV-1 -150 failed CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D)
[16] RECORD remote MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D)
[17] RECORD local MSIV BYPASS stroke time.
seconds. (< 10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[4.1]D)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[18] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B positive fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a POSITIVE blown fuse.
[19] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[20] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is LIT.
[21] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip.
[22] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[23] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, NOT LIT.
[24] PLACE and HOLD a jumper between the supply side of Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B negative fuse clip and the blown fuse contact strip to simulate a NEGATIVE blown fuse.
[25] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is in ALARM (Red).
[26] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is LIT.
[27] REMOVE hand held jumper between positive fuse clip and blown fuse contact strip.
[28] VERIFY Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 20-B 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL is NORMAL (Green).
[29] VERIFY 2-XA-55-1 C 20-B, 125 DC VITAL BATT BD IV ABNORMAL, is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[30] REPLACE Fuse 0-FU-236-0004/C49-B at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV.
CV
[31] VERIFY the green light ONLY is LIT at 2-HS-1 -150.
[32] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT
[32.3] 2-FCV-1-150 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[33] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-3261, CONTROL AIR ISOLATION VALVE to 2-FCV-1-150.
[34] OPEN drain cock to 2-PREG-1-150 Control Air Pressure Regulator, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.7]D)
[34.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[34.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT
[34.3] 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[35] CLOSE drain cock to the 2-PREG-1-150 Control Air Pressure Regulator.
[36] OPEN 2-ISV-32-3261, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -150 NOT LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1 -150 LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 144 Date 6.5 Main Steam Isolation Valve Bypass Valve 2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[37] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is FULL OPEN, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-150 NOT LIT
[37.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-150 LIT
[38] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1-150 in the CLOSE position, and VERIFY the valve is CLOSED.
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 59 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
- 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position.
- 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at Normal Operating Pressure/Normal Operating Temperature (NOP/NOT) in accordance with 2-PTI-68-01.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, El.
729/SVR is OPEN.
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT.
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and operating the handswitch.
[4] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A)
[5.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[5.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL.
729/SVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[5.6] Computer Point FD2000 SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2000 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds)
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4 Train A circuits.
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4 Train A circuits.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED in NORMAL (Green)
'[10.6] Computer Point FD2000 SG1 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-4 OPEN time seconds
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-4A, SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-1 1A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]A, 5.0[1.3]A)
[14.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[14.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 IA, XS IN AUX is LIT
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN ,and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[15.1] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[15.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-4A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A)
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[16.4] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-4B, JB-5163, [737/A13U] is NOT LIT
[16.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green)
[16.6] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS INAUX is NOT LIT
[16.7] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A is NOT LIT
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]A)
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[17.4] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[17.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12]
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]A)
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-4, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90%
OPEN position
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-4, goes to the FULL OPEN position
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[20.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[20.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[20.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[20.4] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 65 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[20.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -4, SG I MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[22.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-3/A46 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[22.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-3/B46 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]A)
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-4 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]A) 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds)
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III:
[26.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-3/A46 CV
[26.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-3/B46 CV
[27] VERIFY the following:
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT.
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-4B, SG 1 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]A, 5.0[1.3]A)
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[29.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is LIT
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO and
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED (local valve observation)
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-4B, Panel 2-L-11B, in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green)
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX NOT LIT
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162, is NOT LIT
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is LIT
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the TEST MAIN position.
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]A)
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-4 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-4D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-4 is FULL OPEN
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A remains LIT
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B remains LIT
[36] PLACE 2-HS-1-4D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4B is LIT
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-4B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-4B is NOT LIT
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-4D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fusesidevices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[39.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-4/A46, 125VDC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[39.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-4/B46, 125VDC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]A)
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-4 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV:
[42.1] Circuit A46, 0-FU-236-4/A46 CV
[42.2] Circuit B46, 0-FU-236-4/B46 CV
[43] VERIFY the following:
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-4 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]A) 2-FCV-1-4 close time (___
6 seconds)
[45] CLOSE 0-ISV-32-1259, CONTROL AIR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-4, [737/A14U].
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 144 Date 6.6 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-4 Functional Testing (continued)
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-592, 2-FCV-1-4 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15U], and VERIFY the following:
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is CLOSED (local valve observation)
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-592.
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1259, and VERIFY the following:
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-4A is NOT LIT
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-4A is LIT
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-4 is OPEN (local valve observation)
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-147, LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001 -01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
- 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position.
- 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, El.
729/NVR is OPEN.
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT.
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation.
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL 729/NVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[5.6] Computer Point FD2002 SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED
[6] STOP the test recorder connected when Computer Point FD2002 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-I-11 close time_(< 6 seconds)
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11 Train A circuits.
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-I-11 Train A circuits.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B)
(10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT (10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is NORMAL (Green)
[10.6] Computer Point FD2002 SG2 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS (11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-11 OPEN time seconds
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 IA, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT.
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-11A, SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]B, 5.0[1.3]B)
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A LIT
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11 A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is LIT
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-11Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is LIT
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-11A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B)
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, located at JB-5165, 729/Aux, is NOT LIT
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]B)
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12]
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-1 1B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]B)
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-11 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90%
OPEN position
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -11 B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-11 goes to the FULL OPEN position
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A remains LIT
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B remains LIT
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[20.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B is NOT LIT
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT.
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[22.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-3/A47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[22.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-3/B47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]B)
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT 123.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[23.3] 2-FCV-I-1i1 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-1 1 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]B) 2-FCV-I-11 close time (___
6 seconds)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III:
[26.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-3/A47 CV
[26.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-3/B47 CV
[27] VERIFY the following:
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT.
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MSIV, Panel 2-L-1 1B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]B, 5.0[1.3]B)
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[29.3] 2-FCV-l-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX is LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-11Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[30.3] 2-FCV-1 -11 remains CLOSED (local valve observation)
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-11B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green)
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX NOT LIT
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B is NOT LIT
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164, 729/Aux, is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11A is NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is NOT LIT
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11D is LIT
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the TEST MAIN position.
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]B)
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-11 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-11D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-1 is FULL OPEN
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11A remains LIT
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11B remains LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[36] PLACE 2-HS-i-11 D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 B is LIT
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1 -11 D is NOT LIT
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-11B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is NOT LIT
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-1 1A is LIT
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-11 B is NOT LIT
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-11D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[39.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-4/A47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[39.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-4/B47, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]B)
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A NOT LIT
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-1 1 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV:
[42.1] Circuit A47, 0-FU-236-4/A47 CV
[42.2] Circuit B47, 0-FU-236-4/B47 CV
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 144 Date 6.7 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-11 Functional Testing (continued)
[43] VERIFY the following:
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11A is LIT (43.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-11 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]B) 2-FCV-1-11 close time _ (_ 6 seconds)
[45] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-1463, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-11, [732/A14U].
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-612, 2-FCV-1-11 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/Al5X], and VERIFY the following:
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is CLOSED (local valve observation)
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-612.
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1463, and VERIFY the following:
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is NOT LIT
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-11 A is LIT
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-11 is OPEN (local valve observation)
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-148, LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
- 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached the desired position.
- 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, EL.
729/NVR is OPEN.
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT.
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation.
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, EL. 729/NVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[5.6] Computer Point FD2004 SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE, indicates CLOSED
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2004 indicates the valve is closed and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds)
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -22 Train A circuits.
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -22 Train A circuits.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-22Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[10.6] Computer Point FD2004 SG3 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-22 OPEN time seconds
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-22A, SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0(1.2]C, 5.0(1.3]C)
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[14.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is LIT
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-22A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C)
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1-22B SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, located at JB-5165
[729/Aux] is NOT LIT
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NORMAL (Green)
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]C)
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B NOT LIT
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-22B is LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12]
[18] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]C)
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-22, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90%
OPEN position (by valve stem observation)
[18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-22, goes to the FULL OPEN position
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A remains LIT
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B remains LIT
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[20.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[22.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-3/A48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[22.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-3/B48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]C)
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-22 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]C) 2-FCV-1-22 close time ((< 6 seconds)
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD II:
[26.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-3/A48 CV
[26.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-3/B48 CV
[27] VERIFY the following:
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT.
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-22B, SG 3 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11 B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]C, 5.0[1.3]C)
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[29.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation).
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR, PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX is LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-22Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED (local valve observation)
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-22B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT (31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX, is in NORMAL (Green)
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT
[31.5] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164, is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is LIT
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the TEST MAIN position.
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]C)
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1-22, moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-22D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-22 is FULL OPEN
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A remains LIT
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B remains LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[36] PLACE handswitch 2-HS-1-22D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT
[36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22B is LIT
[36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is NOT LIT
[37] PLACE 2-HS-1-22B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-22B is NOT LIT
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-22D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[39] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[39.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-4/A48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[39.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-4/B48, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]C)
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A NOT LIT
[40.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1 -22 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV:
[42.1] Circuit A48, 0-FU-236-4/A48 CV
[42.2] Circuit B48, 0-FU-236-4/B48 CV
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 144 Date 6.8 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-22 Functional Testing (continued)
[43] VERIFY the following:
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-22 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]C) 2-FCV-1-22 close time (__
< 6 seconds)
[45] CLOSE 2-ISV-32-1462, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1 -22, [732/A14 U].
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-610, 2-FCV-1 -22 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15X], and VERIFY the following:
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[46.3] 2-FCV-1 -22 is CLOSED (local valve observation)
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-610.
[48] OPEN 2-ISV-32-1462, and VERIFY the following:
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-22A is NOT LIT
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-22A is LIT
[48.3] 2-FCV-1-22 is OPEN (local valve observation)
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-149, LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.2 through 6.9 may be performed in any order. No subsection is a prerequisite to another and will not prevent performance of a subsection if another proves unacceptable.
- 2) System piping and components should be visually monitored for vibration during steady state and transient operations.
- 3) The test recorder may be stopped when it is evident that the valve has reached .the desired position.
- 4) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[1] VERIFY System 001, Main Steam at NOP/NOT in accordance with 2-PTI-068-01.
[2] ENSURE 2-FCV-1 -150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, EL.
729/SVR is OPEN.
[3] VERIFY 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT.
NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and handswitch operation.
[4] START test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[5] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4 to CLOSE, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D)
[5.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[5.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[5.3] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, El.
729/SVR is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[5.4] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[5.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[5.6] Computer Point FD2006 SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates CLOSED
[6] STOP the test recorder when Computer Point FD2006 indicates the valve is closed, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[7] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-29 close time_(< 6 seconds)
[8] CHANGE the chart speed set at approximately 20 mm/sec or 1 inch/sec for the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-29 Train A circuits.
[9] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1-29 Train A circuits.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[10] PLACE 2-HS-1-29Ato OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D)
[10.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[10.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[10.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[10.4] 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED is NOT LIT
[10.5] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[10.6] Computer Point FD2006 SG4 MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVE indicates NOT CLS
[11] STOP the test recorder when the Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A indicates the valve is open, and IDENTIFY the strip chart with the test and step number.
[12] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
2-FCV-1-29 OPEN time seconds
[13] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[14] PLACE 2-XS-1-29A, SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) at Panel 2-L-11A, Auxiliary Control Room, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]D, 5.0[1.3]D)
[14.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[14.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[14.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation).
[14.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
[14.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-11A, XS IN AUX, is LIT
[14.6] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is LIT
[14.7] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in ALARM (Red)
[15] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[15.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[15.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[15.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[16] PLACE 2-XS-1-29A in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D)
[16.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[16.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[16.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[16.4] Blue Light above handswitch 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A located at JB-5163,n
[737/Al 3U] is NOT LIT
[16.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
[16.6] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS INAUX, is in NORMAL (Green)
[16.7] 2-XA-55-6F 148-B, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1A, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT
[16.8] 2-XA-55-3C, 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, is NOT LIT
[16.9] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 57-E MSIV(S)
CLOSED is in NORMAL (Green)
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.1]D)
[17.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[17.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[17.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[17.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
[17.5] Amber Light at 2-HS-1-29B is LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
NOTE As the valve goes through the partial stroke, mark the maximum stroke position in the same area as the closed mark made in 4.3[12]
[18] PLACE and HOLD handswitch 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MOM position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]D)
[18.1] Locally 2-FCV-1 -29 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between 90% OPEN position and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90%
OPEN position (18.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[18.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT
[18.4] Valve travel in the CLOSE direction is approximately 1 and 3/8 inches
[19] RELEASE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[19.1] 2-FCV-1-29 goes to the FULL OPEN position
[19.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A remains LIT
[19.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B remains LIT
[20] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[20.1) Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[20.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[20.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[20.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[20.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[21] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV Train A circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[22] REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[22.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-3/A49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[22.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-3/B49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III CV
[23] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]D)
[23.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[23.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[23.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[24] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1 -29 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[25] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.3]D) 2-FCV-1-29 close time (___
6 seconds)
[26] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD III:
[26.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-3/A49 CV
[26.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-3/B49 CV
[27] VERIFY the following:
[27.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[27.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[27.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[28] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX, is NOT LIT.
[29] PLACE 2-XS-1-29B, SG 4 MSIV, Panel 2-L-11B, in the AUX position, and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.2]D, 5.0[1.3]D)
[29.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[29.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[29.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[29.4] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1 B, XS IN AUX is in ALARM (Red)
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 106 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[29.5] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX, is LIT.
[30] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to OPEN, and RELEASE to A AUTO, and VERIFY the following:
[30.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[30.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[30.3] 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED (local valve observation)
[31] PLACE 2-XS-1-29B, Panel 2-L-11B in the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[31.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[31.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[31.3] Unit 2 Events Display Screen indicates 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-1 1B, XS IN AUX is in NORMAL (Green)
[31.4] 2-XA-55-6F 148-C, ACR PNL 2-L-11 B, XS IN AUX is NOT LIT
[31.51 Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[31.6] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
[31.7] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162, 729/Al 3U, is NOT LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[32] PLACE 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[32.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[32.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[32.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[32.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
[32.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is LIT
[33] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the TEST MAIN position.
[34] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MOM, position and VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[1.4]D)
[34.1] Locally 2-FCV-1 -29 moves toward the CLOSE position and cycles between CLOSE and OPEN after the Blue Lights indicate the valve is at the 90% OPEN position
[34.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[34.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT
[35] RELEASE 2-HS-1-29D to the TEST MAIN position, and VERIFY the following:
[35.1] 2-FCV-1-29 is FULL OPEN
[35.2] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A remains LIT
[35.3] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B remains LIT
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[36] PLACE 2-HS-1-29D to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[36.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[36.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[36.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[36.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT (36.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29B is LIT (36.6] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is NOT LIT (37] PLACE 2-HS-1-29B to the NOR position, and VERIFY the following:
[37.1] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[37.2] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[37.3] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[37.4] Blue Light above 2-HS-1-29B is NOT LIT
[37.5] Amber Light above 2-HS-1-29D is NOT LIT NOTE Due to the very high chart speed, minimize the time between starting the chart recorder and pulling the fuses.
[38] START the test recorder connected to 2-FCV-1 -29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV, Train B circuits (Chart speed set at 100 mm/sec or 5 inches/sec or greater).
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
CAUTION Extreme care must be used when removing fuses/devices located behind 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD due to lack of clearance between components.
[391 REMOVE the following positive and negative fuses:
[39.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-4/A49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[39.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-4/B49, 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV CV
[40] VERIFY the following: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]D)
[40.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT
[40.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1 -29A NOT LIT
[40.3] 2-FCV-1 -29 is CLOSED (by valve stem observation)
[41] STOP the test recorder after 2-FCV-1-29 is closed, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[42] REPLACE the following positive and negative fuses at 125V DC VITAL BATTERY BOARD IV:
[42.1] Circuit A49, 0-FU-236-4/A49 CV
[42.2] Circuit B49, 0-FU-236-4/B49 CV
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 144 Date 6.9 Main Steam Isolation Valve 2-FCV-1-29 Functional Testing (continued)
[43] VERIFY the following:
[43.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[43.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[43.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is OPEN (by valve stem observation)
[44] DETERMINE 2-FCV-1-29 close time from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below: (Acc Crit 5.0[4.4]D) 2-FCV-1-29 close time (___
6 seconds)
[45] CLOSE 0-ISV-32-1257, CONTROL AIR HDR ISOL VALVE TO 2-FCV-1-29, [729/A14U].
[46] OPEN 2-DRV-32-594, 2-FCV-1 -29 CONTROL AIR ACCUMULATOR DRAIN, [729/A15U], and VERIFY the following:
[46.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[46.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[46.3] 2-FCV-1-29 is CLOSED (local valve observation)
[47] CLOSE 2-DRV-32-594.
[48] OPEN 0-ISV-32-1257, and VERIFY the following:
[48.1] Green Light above 2-HS-1-29A is NOT LIT
[48.2] Red Light above 2-HS-1-29A is LIT
[48.3] 2-FCV-1 -29 is OPEN (local valve observation)
[49] ENSURE 2-FCV-1-150, LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, is CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 144 Date 6.10 Train A SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.10.1 and 6.10.2 and 6.10.3 may be performed out of order.
- 2) Section 6.10 involves safeguard actuation of all U2 MSIV and the train A MSIV warming valves by simulating a Steam Line Isolation (SLI) signal to SSPS slave relays 2-RLY-99-K616A, 2-RLY-99-K617A, 2-RLY-99-K623A and 2-RLY-99-K624A.
- Each Relay is Located in 2-R-48
- Each Relay will latch-in upon receipt of an SLI signal
- 3) Notify U2 SRO/UO that 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, will alarm and clear multiple times during the performance of this Section.
- 4) MSIV warming valves: 2-FCV-1 -147, 2-FCV-1 -148, 2-FCV-1 -149 & 2-FCV-1 -150 may be in any position during the performance of 6.10.1 & 6.10.2 as required by U2 SRO/UO.
- 5) Throughout Section 6.10 valve Position Verification will be based on 2-M-4 Handswitch Indication for each valve: (e.g. 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A and OPEN for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A).
- 6) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1 -4 & 2-FCV-1 -11
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open:
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT.
[3] START the Train A test recorders for 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-i-11.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D).
[5] VERIFY the following:
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]A)
[5.2] 2-FC\V-1-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]B)
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(_ 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]A)
[7.2] 2-FCV-I-11 close time_(_ 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]B)
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position:
[8.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4
[8.2] 2-HS-1-1 1A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED:
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED
[9.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position:
[10.2] 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2 NOTE Steps 6.10.1[11] through 6.10.1[20] test the manual reset of the trip relay.
[11] ENSURE the Power Operated Relief Valves (PORV) are available for pressure control.
[12] PLACE the following handswitches to CLOSE:
[12.3] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG3
[12.4] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG4
[13] PLACE 2-HS-1 -4A to Pull-To-Lock (PTL) to reset the trip relay.
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]A)
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-11 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]B)
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A to the OPEN position, and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11 A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
[18] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
[19] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to the OPEN, position and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[20] VERIFY the following:
[20.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN
[20.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN
[20.3] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN
[20.4] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN
[21] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position
[21.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163
[21.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165
[22] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV:
[22.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-4A LIT
[22.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT
[23] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D).
[24] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and:
[24.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]A)
[24.2] 2-FCV-1-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]B)
[25] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[25.1] 2-HS-1-4B
[25.2] 2-HS-1-11B
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 144 Date 6.10.1 2-RLY-99-K616A: 2-FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[26] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[27] VERIFY the following:
[27.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN
[27.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN
[28] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position:
[28.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[28.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open:
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT.
[3] START the Train A test recorders for 2-FCV-1-22 and 2-FCV-1-29.
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K623A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48). (Dwg 1082H70-27D)
[5] VERIFY the following:
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]C)
[5.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.1]D)
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1-22 and 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]C)
[7.2] 2-FCV-1-29 close time_(_ 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]D)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001 -01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position:
[8.1] 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4
[8.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED:
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED
[9.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position:
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]C)
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]D)
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A to the OPEN position, and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A to the OPEN position and RELEASE to A AUTO position.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[18] VERIFY the following:
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN
[18.2] 2-FCV-1 -29 OPEN
[19] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position
[19.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163
[19.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165
[20] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV:
[20.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT
[20.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT
[21] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K623A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48). (Dwg 1082H70-27D)
[22] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and:
[22.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]C)
[22.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]D)
[23] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[23.1] 2-HS-1-22B
[23.2] 2-HS-1-29B
[24] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 144 Date 6.10.2 2-RLY-99-K623A: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[25] VERIFY the following:
[25.1] 2-FCV-1 -22 OPEN
[25.2] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN
[26] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position:
[26.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[26.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149
[1] ENSURE the following:
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-147, SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-147.
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-149, SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-149.
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 15A, SSPS-B GENERAL WARNING, is NOT LIT.
[3] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR).
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1-147 changes from LIT to NOT LIT.
- 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K617A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-147 using stopwatch.
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 is CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]A)
[6] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -147 stroke time.
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]A)
[7] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -147, SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position.
[8] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 remains CLOSED.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
[9] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -147 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-147 remains CLOSED.
[10] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR).
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1-149 changes from LIT to NOT LIT.
- 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[11] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K624A, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-48) (Dwg 1082H70-27D) and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-149 using stopwatch.
[12] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -149 is CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]B)
[13] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -149 stroke time.
seconds. (*10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.3]B)
[14] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149, SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position.
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-149 remains CLOSED.
[16] RELEASE 2-HS-1-149 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -149 remains CLOSED.
[17] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-48) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 144 Date 6.10.3 2-RLY-99-K617A:2-FCV-1-147 & 2-RLY-99-K624A:2-FCV-1-149 (continued)
[18] VERIFY the following:
[18.1] 2-FCV-1 -147 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]E)
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-149 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]G)
[191 PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -147 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-147 is full OPEN.
[20] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -147 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -147 remains OPEN.
[21] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-149 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1 -149 is full OPEN.
[22] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -149 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-149 remains OPEN.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 144 Date 6.11 Train B SSPS Steam Line Isolation Testing NOTES
- 1) Subsection 6.11.1, 6.11.2 and 6.11.3 may be performed out of order.
- 2) Section 6.11 involves safeguard actuation of all U2 MSIV and the Train B MSIV warming valves by simulating a Steam Line Isolation (SLI) signal to SSPS slave relays 2-RLY-99-K616B, 2-RLY-99-K617B, 2-RLY-99-K623B and 2-RLY-99-K6224.
- Each Relay is Located in 2-R-51
- Each Relay will latch-in upon receipt of an SLI signal
- 3) Notify U2 SRO/UO that 2-XA-55-3C 57-E, MSIV(S) CLOSED, will alarm and clear multiple times during the performance of this Section.
- 4) MSIV warming valves: 2-FCV-1-147, 2-FCV-1-148, 2-FCV-1-149 & 2-FCV-1-150 may be in any position during the performance of 6.11.1 & 6.11.2 as required by U2 SRO/UO.
- 5) Throughout Section 6.11, valve position verification will be based on 2-M-4 Handswitch Indication for each valve: (eg 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A and OPEN for Green Light only LIT at 2-HS-1-4A).
- 6) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-11, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT.
[3] START the Train B test recorders for 2-FCV-1-4 and 2-FCV-I-11.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51).
[5] VERIFY the following:
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]A)
[5.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]B)
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1 -4 and 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-4 close time_(< 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]A)
[7.2] 2-FCV-1 -11 close time_(_ 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]B)
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position:
[8.1] 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, 2-M-4
[8.2] 2-HS-1-11 A, MSIV SG 2, 2-M-4
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED:
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED
[9.2] 2-FCV-I-11 CLOSED
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1 -11 (continued)
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position:
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A, MSIV SG 1, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-11A, MSIV SG 2, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-4 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]A)
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-11 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]B)
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-4A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position.
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-11 A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position.
[18] VERIFY the following:
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[19] PLACE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[19.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG I MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163
[19.2] 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165
[20] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position
[20.1] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162
[20.2] 2-HS-1-1 1D SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164
[21] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV:
[21.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-4A LIT
[21.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-11 A LIT
[22] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51).
[23] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and:
[23.1] 2-FCV-1-4 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]A)
[23.2] 2-FCV-i-1i1 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]B)
[24] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[24.1] 2-HS-1-4B
[24.2] 2-HS-1-11B
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 144 Date 6.11.1 2-RLY-99-K616B FCV-1-4 & 2-FCV-1-11 (continued)
[25] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[26] VERIFY the following:
[26.1] 2-FCV-1-4 OPEN
[26.2] 2-FCV-1-11 OPEN
[27] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position:
[27.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[27.2] 2-HS-1-11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[27.3] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B
[27.4] 2-HS-1-11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29
[1] ENSURE all MSIVs are open
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-4, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-1 1, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.3] 2-FCV-1-22, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[1.4] 2-FCV-1-29, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOLATION VLV
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT.
[3] START the Train B test recorders for 2-FCV-1 -22 and 2-FCV-1-29.
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51).
[5] VERIFY the following:
[5.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]C)
[5.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.2]D)
[6] STOP the test recorders after valves 2-FCV-1 -22 and 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSE, and MARK the strip chart with the procedure and step number.
[7] DETERMINE the close time for each valve from the strip chart, attach it to this test, and RECORD below:
[7.1] 2-FCV-1-22 close time_(< 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]C)
[7.2] 2-FCV-1-29 close time_(< 6 seconds)
(Acc Crit 5.0[3.1]D)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[8] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the OPEN position:
[8.11 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, 2-M-4
[8.2] 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, 2-M-4
[9] VERIFY each MSIV remains CLOSED:
[9.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED
[9.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED
[10] RELEASE the following handswitches to the A AUTO position:
[11] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A, MSIV SG 3, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[12] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A, MSIV SG 4, in the CLOSE position, and RETURN to the A AUTO position.
[13] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[14] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-22 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]C)
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-29 remains CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]D)
[16] PLACE 2-HS-1-22A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position.
[17] PLACE 2-HS-1-29A in the OPEN position, and RELEASE to the A AUTO position.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[18] VERIFY the following:
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-22 OPEN
[18.2] 2-FCV-1 -29 OPEN
[19] PLACE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[19.1] 2-HS-1-22B, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5163
[19.2] 2-HS-1-29B, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A, JB-5165
[20] PLACE and HOLD the following handswitches in the TEST MOM position
[20.1] 2-HS-1-22D, SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5164
[20.2] 2-HS-1-29D, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B, JB-5162
[21] VERIFY the valve test sequences started for each MSIV:
[21.1] Blue light above 2-HS-1-22A LIT
[21.2] Blue light above 2-HS-1-29A LIT
[22] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K616B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51).
[23] VERIFY the valve test sequences stopped, and:
[23.1] 2-FCV-1-22 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]C)
[23.2] 2-FCV-1-29 CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.2]D)
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 144 Date 6.11.2 2-RLY-99-K623B: 2-FCV-1-22 & 2-FCV-1-29 (continued)
[24] RELEASE the following handswitches to the TEST MAIN position:
[24.1] 2-HS-1-22B
[24.2] 2-HS-1-29B
[25] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
[26] VERIFY the following:
[26.1] 2-FCV-1 -22 OPEN
[26.2] 2-FCV-1-29 OPEN
[27] PLACE the following handswitches to the NOR position:
[27.1] 2-HS-1-4B, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[27.2] 2-HS-1 -11 B, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A
[27.3] 2-HS-1-4D, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B
[27.4] 2-HS-1 -11 D, SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150
[1] ENSURE the following:
[1.1] 2-FCV-1-148, SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1-148.
[1.2] 2-FCV-1-150, SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV, is OPEN using 2-HS-1 -150.
[2] VERIFY 2-XA-55-6A-1 14A, SSPS-A GENERAL WARNING is NOT LIT.
[3] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR).
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1 -148 changes from LIT to NOT LIT.
- 2) Prior to placement of the jumper a countdown should be performed. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero.
- 3) In the event the time measurement stops prior to light indication or valve stem change, it should be annotated in the Test Log and the valve timed again.
[4] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K617B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-148 using stopwatch.
[5] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 is CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]A)
[6] RECORD 2-FCV-1 -148 stroke time.
seconds. (*<10 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]A)
[7] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1-148, SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position.
[8] VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED.
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 133 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[9] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -148 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED.
[10] ENSURE communications are established between the Auxiliary Instrument Room and the Main Control Room (MCR).
NOTES
- 1) The following steps require valve stroke timing. Timing begins when the momentary jumper is placed and is concluded when the RED light on 2-HS-1 -150 changes from LIT to NOT LIT.
- 2) Prior to placement of the jumper the performer should perform a countdown. Jumper should be placed and timer started upon reaching the count of zero.
[11] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across 2-RLY-99-K624B, terminal 6 and TB642, terminal 4 (2-R-51), and MEASURE stroke time of 2-FCV-1-150 using stopwatch.
[12] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 is CLOSED. (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]B)
[13] RECORD 2-FCV-1-150 stroke time.
seconds. (*510 seconds) (Acc Crit 5.0[2.4]B)
[14] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150, SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE, 2-M-4, in the OPEN position.
[15] VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED.
[16] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -150 to the A AUTO position and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains CLOSED.
[17] MOMENTARILY PLACE a handheld jumper across terminals 11 and 12 of TB645 (2-R-51) to reset the Main Steam Isolation signal.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 134 of 144 Date 6.11.3 2-RLY-99-K617B:2-FCV-1-148 & 2-RLY-99-K624B:2-FCV-1-150 (continued)
[18] VERIFY by the following.
[18.1] 2-FCV-1-148 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]F)
[18.2] 2-FCV-1-150 remains CLOSED (Acc Crit 5.0[4.5]H)
[19] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -148 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-148 is full OPEN.
[20] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -148 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1-148 remains OPEN.
[21] PLACE and HOLD 2-HS-1 -150 in the OPEN position until 2-FCV-1-150 is full OPEN
[22] RELEASE 2-HS-1 -150 to the A AUTO position, and VERIFY 2-FCV-1 -150 remains OPEN.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES
[1] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, and RECORD the results on the Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.
[2] VERIFY no excessive vibration of piping and components was observed or Engineering has evaluated the vibration and found it acceptable or has initiated corrective action.
[3] REMOVE the test recorder connections as indicated below:
[3.1] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals I and 9 A. Train A CV B. Train B CV
[3.2] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals 5 and 6 CV
[3.3] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-30, Terminals 4 and 9 A. Train A CV B. Train B CV
[3.4] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-7, Terminals 6 and 7 CV
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued)
[3.5] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-5 and TB624-6 Cv
[3.6] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-7 and TB624-8 Cv
[3.7] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-5 and TB624-6 Cv
[3.8] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-7 and TB624-8 Cv
[3.9] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 3 and 11 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.10] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 6 and 11 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.11] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-4, Terminals 7 and 8 Cv
[3.12] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-8, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 137 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued)
[3.13] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-9 and TB624-10 Cv
[3.14] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB624-11 and TB624-12 Cv
[3.15] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-9 and TB624-10 Cv
[3.16] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB624-11 and TB624-12 Cv
[3.17] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 4 and 12 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.18] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 8 and 9 Cv
[3.19] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-2, Terminals 7 and 12 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.20] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-9, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued)
[3.21] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB625-9 and TB625-10 Cv
[3.22] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB625-11 and TB625-12 Cv
[3.23] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB625-9 and TB625-10 Cv
[3.24] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB625-11 and TB625-12 Cv
[3.25] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-i, Terminals 1 and 9 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.26] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-I, Terminals 5 and 6 Cv
[3.27] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip A-I, Terminals 4 and 9 A. Train A Cv B. Train B Cv
[3.28] Panel 2-M-4, Terminal Strip B-14, Terminals 6 and 7 Cv
MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Paqe 139 of 144 Date 7.0 POST- PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES (continued)
[3.29] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB626-1 and TB626-2 Cv
[3.30] Panel 2-R-48, Terminals TB626-3 and TB626-4 Cv
[3.31] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB626-1 and TB621-2 Cv
[3.32] Panel 2-R-51, Terminals TB626-3 and TB626-4 Cv
[4] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of test completion and alignment.
8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 140 of 144 Appendix A (Page 1 of 1)
TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTE
- 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
- 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.
PROCEDURE/ IMPACT INITIAL AND DATE INSTRUCTION REVISION/CHANGES Yes/No (N/A for no change)
Unit 2 FSAR -
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 65 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR -
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 78 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR -
Amendment 109 Table 14.2-1 Sheet 83 of 89 Unit 2 FSAR -
Amendment 109, Section 10.3 2-TSD-1-1, Main Steam Isolation Valves and Bypass Isolation Valves, Rev. 0 WBN2-1-4002, System Description - Main Steam System, Rev. 3 SOI-1.01, Rev. 42, System Operating Instruction Main Steam System
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 144 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Date NOTE These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed. Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No CV By/Date No CV By/Date
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 144 Appendix C (Page 1 of 1)
PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND PLACED IN USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED1 SERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION 2 INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE LOOP# INIT/DATE INIT/DATE YES NO INITIAL/DATE 1
These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (NA) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (NA) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 143 of 144 Appendix D (Page 1 of 2)
HANDSWITCH LINEUP Date SWITCH NUMBER LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY INITIALS/DATE 2-HS-1-147 2-M-4 SG 1 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-148 2-M-4 SG 2 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-149 2-M-4 SG 3 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-150 2-M-4 SG 4 MSIV BYPASS WARMING LINE CLOSE 2-HS-1-147B 737/A13U SG LOOP 1 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-148B 757/A12U SG LOOP 2 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-149B 757/A11U SG LOOP 3 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-150B 737/A13U SG LOOP 4 WARMING VLV PWR OFF 2-HS-1-4A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 1 A AUTO 2-HS-1-11A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 2 A AUTO 2-HS-1-22A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 3 A AUTO 2-HS-1-29A 2-M-4 MSIV SG 4 A AUTO 2-XS-1-4A 2-L-1 1A SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-11A 2-L-1IA SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-22A 2-L-11A SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-29A 2-L-11A SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-4B 2-L-11B SG 1 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR
WBN MAIN STEAM ISOLATION VALVES 2-PTI-001-01 Unit 2 AND BYPASS ISOLATION VALVES Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 144 Appendix D (Page 2 of 2)
HANDSWITCH LINEUP SWITCH NUMBER LOCATION NOMENCLATURE POSITION VERIFIED BY INITIALS/DATE 2-XS-1-11B 2-L-11 B SG 2 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-22B 2-L-11 B SG 3 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-XS-1-29B 2-L-1 1B SG 4 MSIV (AUX POS CLOSES) NOR 2-HS-1-4B JB-5163, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 737/A13U 2-HS-1-11B JB-5165,729/Aux SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 2-HS-1-22B JB-5165,729/Aux SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 2-HS-1-29B JB-5163, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR A NOR 737/Al 3U 2-HS-1-4D JB-5162, SG 1 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 737/Al3U 2-HS-1-11D JB-5164,729/Aux SG 2 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 2-HS-1-22D JB-5164,729/Aux SG 3 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 2-HS-1-29D JB-5162, SG 4 MAIN STM HDR ISOL VLV TEST TR B NOR 737/Al3U
WATTS BAR NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 2 PREOPERATIONAL TEST TITLE: Source & Intermediate Rance Nuclear Instrumentation Instruction No: 2-PTI-092-02 Revision No: 0000 PREPARED BY: Bryan T. Mack e,, DATE: 3/2 90- 13 PRINT NAIfEI SIGNATURE REVIEWEDBY: ReginaN. Ballard IL*I*jL,_ DATE: I Ol2.o, PRINT IAME / SIGNATURE INSTRUCTION APPROVAL JTG MEETING No: a 01/5 JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE:92L L APPROVED BY: ,_______DATE: "2.o/ --
l*hEOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER TEST RESULTS APPROVAL JTG MEETING No:
JTG CHAIRMAN: DATE:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
PREOPERATIONAL STARTUP MANAGER SIVIP-8.0, Administration of Preoperational Test instructions, Appendix B 12/07/2010
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 2 of 174 Revision Log Revision Affected or Change Effective Page Number Date Numbers Description of RevisionlChange 0000 ALL Initial Issue based on Unit 1's PTI-092-02 Rev.
0 CN-1 through CN-i1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 3 of 174 Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION
............................................................ ..................................... e. 5 1.1 Test Objectives ............... . ............................... 5 1.2 S cope ................................................................................ ............................... 5
2.0 REFERENCES
............................................................................................................ 7 2.1 Performance References ..................................................... 7 2.2 Developmental References............ .............................. 7 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 11 4.0 PREREQUISITE ACTIONS .................................................................. ............... 13 4.1 Prelim inary A ctions ..................................................................................... ...13...........
13 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies ....................... 17 4.3 Field Preparations ................................................................................................. 18 4.4 Approvals and Notifications .................................................................................... 20 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ............................................................... 2..................1....
21 6.0 PERFO RM A NCE ........................................................................................................ 28 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response ........... ...... 29 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response ............................... 38 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check ................ ................ 47 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check............................................................ 61 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check ..................................................... 76 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check ...................... 93 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check ..................... 109 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check ........................ 116 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check .................................. 132 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check ....... 153 6.11 Startup and Intermediate Range Detector Testing....................... 166 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY......................................................................... 167
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 4 of 174 Table of Contents (continued) 8.0 RECO RDS ................................................................................................................ 168 Appendix A: TEST PROCEDURES/INSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REV IEW ............................ ........ ....................................... .......... . .......... 169 Appendix B: TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG ............................ 170 Appendix C: PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG .................................. 171 Appendix D: COMPUTER POINT VERIFICATION LOG .............................................. 172 Appendix E: BREAKER LINEUP..; ...................................... 173 Appendix F: SHUTDOWN MONITOR SELF-TEST ERROR CODES ........................... 174
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2- NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 5 of 174 Date
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Test Objectives The objective of this test is to demonstrate that the Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) is able to provide the required indications, alarms, and protective functions in response to internally simulated test signals necessary to support Watts Bar Unit 2 operation. This test instruction in conjunction with 2-PTI-099-03, Reactor Protection System Operational Check will satisfy all preoperational test requirements for the Source and Intermediate Range System prior to Hot Functional Testing (HFT). During HFT, 2-PTI-092-03 "Nuclear Instrumentation Source Range Noise Checks During Hot Functional Testing" will be performed to demonstrate that the Source Range Detectors are not adversely affected by electrical noise.
This test is intended to be performed with minimal impact to the already calibrated Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System; therefore, internally simulated signals will be used for functional/operational verification of associated indications. Testing in this method will act as a diverse means of verifying system functionality as opposed to the calibration methods used in Surveillance Instructions. As such verification of system response is performed based on approximate meter indications and the only acceptance criteria that should be evaluated within a specific tolerance is bistable setpoints listed in Section 5.0.
1.2 Scope The following specific testing is included in this instruction for the Channel I and Channel II Source and Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation System:
A. Bistable Setpoints and Trips:
- 1. The Source Range LEVEL TRIP reactor trip setpoint is functionally verified.
- 2. The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 interlock trip setpoint is functionally verified.
- 3. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP trip setpoint is functionally verified.
- 4. The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP reactor trip setpoint is functionally verified.
B. Annunciator Reponses and Trip Status Lights.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 6 of 174 Date 1.2 Scope (continued)
C. Indication Responses:
- 1. Status Lights for Source and Intermediate Range Drawer.
- 2. Meters reflect flux level and rate equivalent to an internal test signal.
- 3. Audible speakers respond to internal test signal.
- 4. Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds on High Flux at Shutdown ALARM.
D. The Source Range signal processors respond when exposed to a neutron source.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 7 of 174 Date
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Performance References A. SMP-9.0, Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Conduct of Test B. SMP-14.0, Watts Bar Nuclear Plant Unit 2 Test Deficiency Notices C. TI-12.14, "Replacement and Upgrading of Plant Component Identification Tagging and Labeling" 2.2 Developmental References A. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Amendment 109
- 1. Chapter 14, Table 14.2-1, Sheet 60 of 89, Excore Nuclear Instrumentation Test Summary
- 2. Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Reactor Trip System
- 3. Chapter 7, Section 7.7, Control Systems B. Drawings
- 1. Flow Diagrams None
- 2. Electrical Drawings
- a. 2-47W610-92-1, Rev 0, Electrical Control Diagram Neutron Monitoring System, CCD DRA 52421-002, Rev 0
- b. 45N706-1, Rev 20, Wiring Diagram 120Vac Vital Inst. Power Bds 1-1 &
2-1 Connection Diagram - Sheet 1, AD DRA 52421-044, Rev 0
- c. 45N706-2, Rev 21, Wiring Diagram 120Vac Vital Inst. Power Bds 1-11
& 2-11 Connection Diagram -'Sheet 2, AD
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 8 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued).
- 3. Wiring Diagrams
- a. 45N2652-1, Rev 3, Wiring Diagram Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams-Sheet 1, AD DRA 52421-073, Rev 0 DRA 52421-074, Rev 0 DRA.52421-075, Rev 0 DRA 52421-076, Rev 0 DRA 52421-078, Rev 0 DRA 52421-079, Rev 0 DRA 52421-080, Rev 0 DRA 52421-081, RevO0 DRA 52421-082, Rev 0 DRA 52421-083, Rev 0 DRA 52421-084, Rev 0 DRA 52421-085, Rev 0
- b. 45N2652-3, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams- Sheet 3, AD DRA 52421-067, Rev 0 DRA 52421-068, Rev 0 DRA 52421-069, Rev 0
- c. 45N2652-4, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-1 3 Connection Diagrams- Sheet 4, AD DRA 52421-064, Rev 0 DRA 52421-065, Rev 0 DRA 52421-066, Rev 0
- d. 45N2652-6, Rev 3, Wiring Diagrams Unit Control Board Panel 2-M-13 Connection Diagrams -Sheet 6, AD DRA 52421-077, Rev 0 DRA 52421-114, Rev 0
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2. NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 9 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- h. 45N2621-3, Rev 2, Wiring Diagrams Nuclear Instrumentation System Connection Diagrams- Sheet 3, AD 2-45W600-57-13, Rev 2, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-119, Rev 0 DRA 52352-057, Rev 0
- j. 2-45W600-57-14, Rev 3, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-120, Rev 0
- k. 2-45W600-57-17, Rev 1, Wiring Diagram Separation & Misc Aux Relays Schematic Diagrams, CCD DRA 52421-118, Rev 0
- 4. Logic Diagrams
- a. 2-47W611-99-1, Rev 5, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Protection System, CCD
- b. 2-47W611-99-2, Rev 2, Electrical Logic Diagram Reactor Protection System, CCD DRA 52421-001, Rev 1
- 5. Annunciator Drawings
- a. 2-45W600-55-10, Rev 2, Wiring Diagram Annunciator System Key Diagram Panel 4B, CCD DRA 52421-029, Rev 1 DRA 52352-047, Rev 0
- b. 2-45B655-4A, Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4A, CCD DRA 55180-005, Rev 0
- c. 2-45B655-E4A, Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4A Engraving, CCD
- d. 2-45B655-4B, Rev 0, Main Control Room Annunciator Inputs Window Box XA-55-4B, CCD DRA 52421-117, Rev 0 DRA 52352-042, Rev 1
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 10 of 174 Date 2.2 Developmental References (continued)
- e. 2-45B655-E4B, Rev 0, Electrical Annunciator Window Box XA-55-4B Engraving, CCD DRA 52352-043
- f. 2-47B601-55-70,. Rev. 2, Electrical Instrument Tabulation, CCD
- 6. Vendor Drawings
- a. 6052D36-1, Rev D, NIS Schematic Diagram Audio Countrate Nuclear Instrumentation System, MD
- b. 6052D36-2, Rev C, NIS Schematic Diagram Audio Countrate Nuclear Instrumentation System, MD C. Vendor Manuals
- 1. VR-WBC0842, Rev. 2 "Ex-core Neutron Flux Monitoring Systems - WR Channel Instruction Manual for Watts Bar Unit 2"
- 2. VTM-W120-2824, Rev 10, Westinghouse Nuclear Instrumentation System Technical Manual, Contract 54114-1.
D. Documents
- 1. WBN2-92-4003, Neutron Monitoring System, Rev I
- 2. 2-TSD-92-02, Source and Intermediate Range (SR & IR) Nuclear Instrumentation System, Rev. 1
- 3. Westinghouse Precautions, Limitations & Setpoints for Nuclear Steam Supply Systems, Rev. 0
- 4. EDCR 52421, Source and Intermediate Range Neutron Flux Monitoring, Rev. A
- 5. 2-NMD-92-131-SR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1
- 6. 2-NMD-92-131-IR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1
- 7. 2-NMD-92-131-WR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1
- 8. 2-NMD-92-132-SR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1
- 9. 2-NMD-92-132-IR, Setpoint and Scaling Document, Rev 1
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 11 of 174 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS A. Standard precautions shall be followed for working around energized electrical equipment in accordance with TVA Safety Manual Procedure 1021.
B. Steps may be repeated if all components cannot be tested in a step. However, if the test has been exited, prerequisite steps must be re-verified and a Chronological Test Log (CTL) entry made.
C. Discrepancies between component ID tags and the description in a procedure/instruction do not require a Test Deficiency.Notice, TDN, in accordance with SMP-14.0, if the UNIDs match, exclusive of place-keeping zeros and train designators (e.g. 2-HS-31-468 vs. 2-HS-031-0468) and the noun description is sufficient to identify the component. If the component label needs to be changed, a Tag Request Form (TR Card) should be processed in accordance with TI-12.14. Make an entry in the CTL and continue testing.
D. All wires removed/lifted from a terminal shall be identified and taped or covered with an insulator to prevent personnel or equipment hazard and possible spurious initiations. The wires should be grouped together and labeled with the work implementing document number that required them to be lifted if left unattended.
E. All open problems are to be tracked by a corrective action document and entered on the appropriate system punchlist.
F. Problems identified during the test shall be annotated on the Chronological Test Log (CTL) from SMP-9.0 including a description of the problem, the procedure step when/where the problem was identified, corrective action steps taken to resolve the problem, and the number of the corrective action document, if one was required..
G. Observe all Radiation Protection (RP) requirements when working in or near radiological areas.
H. Ensure there are no adverse effects to the operation of Unit 1 structures, systems, or components.
I. All Nuclear Instrumentation System channels should have a one hour warm-up period prior to testing.
J. Control power breakers should NOT be opened while.Source or Intermediate Channels are in BYPASS as this will remove the bypass function unless externally blocked and result in a Reactor Trip Signal.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 12 of 174 Date 3.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (continued)
K. The log count rate circuits have long time constants; therefore, the output may take 60 seconds to. settle when the Test switches located on the Test Generator are toggled.
L. Verify the ADJUST potentiometer on the Source and Intermediate Range drawer is fully counterclockwise prior to placing the Intermediate Range drawer OPERATION SELECTOR switch in the TEST ENABLE position and the TEST SELECTOR switch in the ADJUST position at source and Intermediate Range drawers.
M. Power Range displays at Appendix R Neutron Monitor Signal Processor located at Panel 2-L-10 indicate output from the Source and Intermediate Range signal amplifiers.
N. When extending or retracting an NIS drawer from the cabinet, extreme care must be used not to damage cables connected to rear of drawer.
- 0. When inserting fuses with actuators, ensure that the actuating rod is oriented correctly to provide for proper alarm initiation and visual indication.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 13 of 174 Date 4.0 PREREQUISITE. ACTIONS NOTE Prerequisite steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the start of the instruction subsection to which they apply.
4.1 Preliminary Actions
[1] EVALUATE open items in Watts Bar Integrated Task Equipment List (WITEL), AND ENSURE they will NOT adversely affect the test performance and results.
[2] ENSURE changes to the references listed on Appendix A, have been reviewed, and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance.
[3] VERIFY current revisions and change paper for referenced drawings has been reviewed and determined NOT to adversely affect the test performance, AND ATTACH documentation of current drawing revision numbers and change papers that were reviewed to the data package.
[4] VERIFY the test/performance copy of this Preoperational Test Instruction (PTI) is the current revision including any change notices and as needed, each test person assisting in this test has the current revision including any change notices.
[5] ENSURE outstanding Design Change Notices (DCN's),
Engineering Document Construction Releases (EDCR's) or Temporary Modifications (T-Mods) do NOT adversely impact testing, and ATTACH documentation of DCN's, EDCR's and T-Mods's that were reviewed to the data package.
[61 ENSURE required Component Testing has been completed prior to start of test.
WIBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02*
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 14 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[7] CONDUCT a pretest briefing with Test and Operations personnel in accordance with SMP-9.0.
[8] ENSURE communications are available for areas where testing is to be conducted.
[9] VERIFY plant instruments, listed on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log, are placed in service and are within their calibration interval.
[10] VERIFY System 55, Annunciator and Sequential Events Recording System applicable TBK switches are ON, the applicable Master Switches ON, and window software input(s) are ENABLED for the following Annunciator windows:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9)
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.1, 6.3, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9)
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.10)
D. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Subsections 6.2, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8 and 6.10)
E. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE (Subsections 6.5 and 6.6)
F. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Subsection 6.9)
G. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN (Subsections 6.3 and 6.4)
H. 2-XA-55-4B/81 -C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 and 6.10)
- 1. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Subsection 6.10)
J. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP (Subsections 6.5 and 6.6)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 15 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions. (continued)
K. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST (Subsections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9 and 6.10)
[11] ENSURE the Integrated Computer System (ICS) points listed in Appendix D are in scan for the applicable subsections.
[12] VERIFY the following systems are in service or operable to the extent necessary to perform this test.
A. NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 B. Trip Status Light Panel 2-XX-55-5 C. Solid State Protection System Train A Cabinet 2-R-46 D. Solid State Protection System Train B Cabinet 2-R-49
[13] ENSURE the breakers listed in Appendix E, Breaker Lineup are in the specified positions.
[14] ENSURE work orders to place a neutron source at the Source Range detectors are planned and approved prior to performing Subsection 6.11.
WO#
[15] VERIFY Source and Intermediate Range Channels have been energized for a minimum of one hour prior to testing.
[16] ENSURE components contained within the boundaries of this test are under the jurisdictional control of Preoperational Startup Engineering (PSE) and/or Plant Operations.
[17] ENSURE a review of outstanding Clearances has been coordinated with Operations for impact to the test performance, AND RECORD in Appendix B, Temporary Condition Log if required.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 16 of 174 Date 4.1 Preliminary Actions (continued)
[181 OBTAIN copies of the applicable forms from -the latest revision of SMP-9.0, AND ATTACH to this PTI for use during the performance of this PTI.
[19] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) required for test performance has been (as.required) placed in service and recorded on Measuring and Test Equipment Log.
Subsection 6.3 Subsection 6.4 Subsection 6.5 Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10
[20] VERIFY Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) calibration due dates will support the completion of this test performance.
Subsection 6.3 Subsection 6.4 Subsection 6.5 Subsection 6.6 Subsection 6.9 Subsection 6.10
[21] PERFORM a pretest walkdown on equipment to be tested to ensure no conditions exist that will impact test performance.
[221 REVIEW preventive maintenance for system/components covered by this test, AND VERIFY no conditions exist that will impact test performance.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 17 of 174 Date 4.2 Special Tools, Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
[1] ENSURE the following equipment is available.
A. Decade Box, 1OOK ohm (Accuracy NOT required)
(Subsections 6.9, 6.10)
B. Digital MultiMeter (DMM) test leads with a coaxial BNC connector. (Subsections 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6)
C. DMM with test leads to verify voltage across terminal blocks (Subsections 6.9, 6.10)
D. Two 120 VAC monitored variable power supplies (Subsections 6.9, 6.10)
E. One (1) switched test jumper with 12" minimum test leads (Subsections 6.5, 6.6)
[2] ENSURE the following M&TE or equivalent is available and within their calibration due dates, AND RECORD the M&TE data on SMP-9.0, Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.
A. One DMM with 0-20 V scale (+/- 0.002 VDC) (Subsections 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6)
B. One DMM with at minimum 0-200 VAC scale to verify voltage across terminal blocks (Subsections 6.9, 6.10)
C. Two 120 VAC monitored variable power supplies (Subsections 6.9, 6.10)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 18 of 174 Date 4.3 Field Preparations
[1] ENSURE ladder or scaffolding is installed to access 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, Additional Equipment Building (Al 1W, El. 729').
[2] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-138-D, OPTICAL ISOLATOR, located in the Auxiliary Building Additional Equipment Room (Al 1W, El. 737').
A. OPEN the enclosure to gain access to the TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch.
B. ENSURE TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch in CTRL ROOM.
CV C. CLOSE and SECURE the OPTICAL ISOLATOR enclosure.
CV
[3] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13):
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 19 of 174 Date 4.3 Field Preparations (continued)
[4] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUT MON INTERMED RNG DWR (2-M-13):
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR. _
C. TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
[5) ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13):
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
C. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
D. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
[6] ENSURE the following initial conditions at 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUT MON INTERMED RNG DWR (2-M-13):
A. LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
C. TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer is rotated fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
E. OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
[7] ENSURE the CHANNEL SELECTOR switch at 2-IDWR-92-N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE SCALER/TIMER (2-M-13) is in OFF.
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 20 of 174 Date 4.4 Approvals and Notifications
[1] OBTAIN permission of the Preoperational Startup Manager to start the test.
Preoperational Startup Manager Date Signature
[2] OBTAIN the Unit 2 Supervisor's (US/SRO) or Shift Manager's (SM) authorization.
US/SRO/SM Signature Date
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev.'0000 Page 21 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
[1] Local and Main Control Board (MCB) Indicators and Recorders reflect flux level.
A. Source Range Channel I
- 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.1[15]C)
B. Source Range Channel II.
- 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.2[15]C)
C. Intermediate Range Channel I
- 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,
% POWER LEVEL (Step 6.1[16]A) 0 2-NI-92-135A, CH I NEUTRON MON % PWR (Step 6.1[16]B) o 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.1[16]C)
D. Intermediate Range Channel I1
- 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR,
% POWER LEVEL (Step 6.2[16]A) o 2-NI-92-136A, CH IINEUTRON MON % PWR (Step 6.2[16]B)
- 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (Step 6.2[16]C)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 22 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[2] Local and MCB Indicators reflect flux rate.
A. Source Range Channel I
- 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]B)
- 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]E)
- 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]C)
B. Source Range Channel II
- 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[70]B)
- 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]E)
- 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]C)
C. Intermediate Range Channel I
- 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8[49]A)
- 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[51])
- 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[49]D)
D. Intermediate Range Channel II
- 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, DECADES PER MINUTE (Step 6.8170]A)
- 2-IDWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[72])
- 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (Step 6.8[70]D)
[3] Trip Status Lights, 2-XX-55-5 reflect bistable status A. Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D (Step 6.3[38]E)
B. Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F (Step 6.5[41]F)
C. Window 3, IR>P6 NC35D (Step 6.5[13]F)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 23 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
D. Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D (Step 6.4[38]E)
E. Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F (Step 6.6[41]F)
F. Window 23, IR>P6 NC36D (Step 6.6[13]F)
[4] The following anunciators function properly
[4.1] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-N 1-92-131 -D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.1[6]B)
[4.2] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.1[8]B)
[4.3] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.2[6]B)
[4.4] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED (Step 6.2[8]B)
[4.5] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE (Steps 6.5[13]G and 6.6[13]G)
[4.6] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81 -A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Steps 6.9[30]D and 6.9[36]E)
[4.7] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN (Steps 6.3[24]B and 6.4124]B)
[4.8] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED (Steps 6.1[4]A and 6.2[4]A)
[4.9] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE (Steps 6.10[26]C and 6.10[31]D)
[4.10] Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP (Steps 6.5[20]F and 6.6[20]F)
[4.11]. Annunciator 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST (Steps 6.1[12]A and 6.2[12]A)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000.
Page 24 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[5] The Source Range LEVEL TRIP. bistable trips at 1 X 105 CPS (9.962 to 10.038 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by LEVEL TRIP lamp illuminating.
A. 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I.NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.3[38]A)
B. 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.4[38]A)
[6] The Intermediate Range POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 bistable trips at 1.66 x 10-4% rated thermal power (4.181 to 4.259 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp illuminating.
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[13]A)
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[13]A)
[T7 The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP Bistable trips at 20% rated thermal power (9.262 to 9.340 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp illuminating.
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[20]A)
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[20]A)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 25 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
[8] The Intermediate Range HIGH LEVEL TRIP Bistable trips at 25% rated thermal power (9.359 to 9.437 vdc) on increase of simulated flux signal indicated by HIGH LEVEL TRIP Lamp illuminating.
A. 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.5[41]A)
B. 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (Step 6.6[41]A)
[9] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, (2-M-1 3) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status.
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in test. (Step 6.1 110]A)
B. SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.9[30]A)
C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1 X 105 CPS. (Step 6.3[36]A)
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.1[6]A)
E. HIGH FLUXAT SHUTDOWN light is LIT when indicated flux is 3 times greater than background . (Step 6.3[24]A)
[10] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status.
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.2[10]A)
B. SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.10[26]A)
C. LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1 X 105 CPS. (Step 6.4[36]A)
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.2[6]A)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 26 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
E. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN light is LIT when indicated flux is 3 times greater than background. (Step 6.4[24]A)
[11] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status.
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.111 ]A)
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.1[8]A)
C. HIGH LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 25%. (Step 6.5[41]E)
D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 20%. (Step 6.5[20]E)
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1.66 x 104%. (Step 6.5[13]E)
F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when detector high voltage power supply is sensed outside of nominal voltage. (Step 6.9[36]C)
G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.9[30]B)
[12] Status Light Indications on 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, (2-M-13) respond correctly to drawer and bistable status.
A. CHANNEL ON TEST light is LIT when the channel is placed in TEST. (Step 6.2[1 ]A)
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS light is LIT when channel is placed in BYPASS. (Step 6.2[8]A)
C. HIGH LEVEL TRIP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 25%. (Step 6.6[41]E)
D. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP light is LIT when indicated flux is above 20%. (Step 6.6[20]E)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02
.Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 27 of 174 Date 5.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (continued)
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light is LIT when indicated flux is above 1.66 x 104%. (Step 6.6[13]E)
F. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light is LIT when detector high voltage power supply is sensed outside of nominal voltage. (Step 6.10[31]C)
G. IR/SR NON-OPERATE light is LIT when a NON-OPERATE condition occurs. (Step 6.10[26]B)
[13] Source Range Audible signals reflect flux level in:
A. Main Control Room (Steps 6.7[20] and 6.7[60])
B. Containment (Steps 6.7[22] and 6.7[61])
[14] The Containment Building Evacuation Horn sounds when a High Flux at Shutdown bistable actuation occurs.
(Steps 6.3[24]D and 6.4[24]D)
[15] The Source Range CPS NEUTRON LEVEL Meter indicates >1 CPS when the respective channel detector is exposed to a neutron source.
A. 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.11[2])
B. 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (Step 6.11[3])
C. 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR (Step 6.11[41)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 28 of 174 Date 6.0 PERFORMANCE NOTES
- 1) All subsections may be performed in any order.
- 2) The following abbreviations will be used throughout the performance of this test in place of complete UNID:
- N31 for 2-NI-92-131-D, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13)
- N32 for 2-NI-92-132-E, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR (2-M-13)
- N35 for 2-NI-92-135-D, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (2-M-13)
- N36 for 2-NI-92-136-E, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR (2-M-13)
- N34 for 2-IDWR-92-N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE SCALER/TIMER (2-M-13)
- N46 for 2-1DWR-92-N46-G, STARTUP RATE (2-M-1 3)
- 3) Unless otherwise noted, Slave Relay state will be verified by observing the relay contactor armature position as follows:
Relay Energized is defined as:
Non-latching relays - the center bar is pulled in.
Relay De-energized is defined as:
Non-latching relays - the center bar is flush with the relay face.
- 4) Steps which require adjusting potentiometers until a bistable trips (as indicated by a lamp lighting or going out) should be performed slowly. Stop adjusting the potentiometer immediately after the lamp status change has occurred.
- 5) When using test generator preset values High Flux at Shutdown will alarm unless blocked prior to initialization of the test generators.
- 6) Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 29 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.1 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option "SRI/IRI".
C. TOUCH "OKAY".
[3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK.
[4] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is in ALARM.
[5] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[6] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4A164-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
[7] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 30 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[8] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED,. is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
[9] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE.
[10] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[11] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[12] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
(Acc Crit)
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
[13] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 1.
B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 31 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
NOTE The LCR 1 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[14] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NNI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SRI (2-M-4) CPS iCS Point N0031A CPS
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-N1-92-135A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
[15] VERIFY the following CPS indications recorded in step 6.1[14]
are approximately 12.2 CPS:
A. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) (Acc Crit)
B. 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
D. ICS Point N0031A
- WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 32 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[16] VERIFY the following % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [14] are approximately 1.46 x 10-7%.
A. % POWER LEVEL (N35) (Acc Crit)
B. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NR-92-145 IRi (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
D. ICS Point N0035A
[17] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
NOTE The LCR 2 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's CPS input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[18] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0031A CPS
%POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 33 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.1118] are approximately 781 CPS.
[20] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [18] are approximately 9.38 x 106%.
[21] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 3.
NOTE The LCR 3 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[22] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0031A CPS
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
[23] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.1[22] are approximately 100,000 CPS.
[24] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1[22] are approximately 1.2 x 10-3%.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 34 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 4.
NOTE The MSV 4 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[26] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
.2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
[27] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [26] are approximately 10-2%.
[28] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 5.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 35 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
NOTE The MSV 5 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[29] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
[30] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1[29] are approximately 1%.
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 6.
NOTE The MSV 6 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[32] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0035A %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2' NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 36 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.1 [32] are approximately 100%.
[34] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. VERIFY AMLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
[35] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[36] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[37] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL.
[38] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 37 of 174 Date 6.1 Source & Intermediate Range Channel I Preset Test Response (continued)
[39] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
(40] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[41] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
[42] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[43] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 2-XA-55-4B-81C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 38 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.2 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option "SR2/IR2".
C. TOUCH"OKAY".
[3] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK.
[4] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is in ALARM.
[5] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[6] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM, (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
[7] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 39 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued)
[8] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
[9] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N36, CH 11 NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE.
[10] VERIFY the.following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:.
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B.. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[11] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. IR/SR non-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[12] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM.
(Acc Crit)
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
[13] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 1.
B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
WBN SOURCE.& INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 40 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued)
NOTE The LCR 1 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[14] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS
% POWER LEVEL (N36) 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
[15] VERIFY the following CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[14]
are approximately 12.2 CPS:
A. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) (Acc Crit)
B. 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) .(Acc Crit)
D. ICS Point N0032A
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 41 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued)
[16] VERIFY all the following % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[14] are approximately 1.46 x 107%.
A. % POWER LEVEL (N36) (Acc Crit)
B. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) (Acc Crit)
D. ICS Point N0036A
[17] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH il NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
NOTE The LCR 2 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's CPS input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[18] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 42 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued)
[19] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[18] are approximately 781 CPS.
[20] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[18] are approximately 9.38 x 10-6%.
[21] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 3.
NOTE The LCR 3 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's CPS range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[22] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS ICS Point N0032A CPS
%POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
[23] VERIFY all output CPS indications recorded in step 6.2[22] are approximately 100,000 CPS.
[24] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[22] are approximately 1.2 x 10-3%.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 43 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued)
[25] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 4.
NOTE The MSV 4 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the lower end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) input range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[26] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
[27] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[26] are approximately 10-2%.
[28] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 5.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 44 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued)
NOTE The MSV 5 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the midrange of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[29] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 iR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
[30] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[29] are approximately 1%.
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV 6.
NOTE The MSV 6 position on the TEST SELECTOR switch produces an input at the upper end of the amplifier's mean square voltage (MSV) range and should produce a corresponding response on the specified indication and recording devices.
[32] RECORD the following indications in the table below:
Indicator Indicated Value Initials
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
ICS Point N0036A %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 45 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel II Preset Test Response (continued)
[33] VERIFY all output % Power indications recorded in step 6.2[32] are approximately 100%.
[34] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. VERIFY AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lampis NOT LIT.
C. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
[35] VERIFY the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[36] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[37] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL.
[38] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 46 of 174 Date 6.2 Source & Intermediate Range Channel IIPreset Test Response (continued)
[39] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N32, CH i1NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
[40] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNGDWR, in NORMAL.
[41] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
[42] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[43] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-C SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 47 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.3 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option "SRl/IRl".
C. TOUCH "OKAY".
[3] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE LEVEL TRIP ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.
[4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[5] VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp located on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR is LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 48 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[6] PERFORM the following steps at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE.
[8] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OP lamp on N31 is LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp on N35 is LIT.
C. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N31 is LIT.
D. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp on N35 is LIT.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
G. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
I. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
J. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 49 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
NOTE Appendix F describes the Shutdown Monitor self-test sequence and associated error codes if monitor fails the test.
[9] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON.
B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown Monitor self-test.
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT present on the LED display.
D. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
NOTE The Shutdown Monitor Alarm Setpoint display indication will lag the Countrate Display indication as output is adjusted in the following steps. Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made.
[10] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
[11] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 50 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N1-92-133-D COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS....
C. PUSH ALARM SETPOINT RESET button.
D. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-N 1-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS E. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
F. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
[13] VERIFY HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 51 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 12.2 CPS.
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-NI-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
[16] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation.
Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
[17] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button.
B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on ALARM SETPOINT display.
C. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is LIT.
[18] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 52 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. PUSH COUNTRATE I/M button.
B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-N 1-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY the ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
E. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
[20] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
[22] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 53 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N 1-92-133-D COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-NI-92-133-D ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display is approximately equal to the value recorded in 6.3[19]C.
[24] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
(Acc Crit)
[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 54 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[26] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
- [27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[28] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
[29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR 1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 55 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[30] VERIFY the following:
A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-133-D, CH I SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13), is NOT LIT.
B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
E. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in ADJUST.
[32] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
B. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC.
CV M&TE Cal Due Date C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
D. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N31 TRIP 1 Vdc E. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.962 to 10.038 Vdc.
[33] PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in SR LEVEL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 56 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[34] PLACE STARTUP RATE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch, on N46, STARTUP, in SOURCE N31.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations toperform verifications during the following steps.
- 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N31, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
[35] ADJUST LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until LEVEL TRIP lamp is LIT.
[36] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
C. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 57 of 174 Date_
6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
(37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) CPS 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) CPS
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.962 to 10.038 VDC. (Acc Crit)
B. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N31) recorded is approximately 105 CPS.
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR1 (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS.
D. 2-NI-92-131A (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS.
E. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D, is.LIT. (Acc Crit)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 58 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[39] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N31 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in SR LEVEL.
E. ADJUST LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD the voltage indicated on the DMM.
N31 Trip 1- Vdc G. VERIFY the value record is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc.
[40] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 1, SR FLUX HI NC31D, is NOT LIT.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps.
- 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N31, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
[41] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 59 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[42] VERIFY the following indications deflect downscale as the signal is decreased:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR.
B. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4).
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP.
[43] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC.
[44] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[45] PERFORM the following steps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 60 of 174 Date 6.3 Source Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[46] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
G. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 61 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.4 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option "SR2/IR2".
C. TOUCH "OKAY".
[3] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.
[4] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[5] VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp located on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR is LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 62 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[6] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCERNG DWR:
A. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[7] PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in TEST ENABLE.
[8] VERIFY the following:.
A. SR NON-OP lamp on N32 is LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OP lamp.on N36 is.LIT.
C. CHANNEL ON TEST on N32 is LIT.
D. CHANNEL ON TEST on N36 is LIT.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
G. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
- 1. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
J. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 63 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued)
NOTE Appendix F describes the Shutdown Monitor self-test sequence and associated error codes if monitor fails the test.
[9] PERFORM the following at 2-NIL92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. ENSURE ON/OFF switch is in ON.
B. PUSH TEST button to initiate the Shutdown Monitor
- self-test.
C. VERIFY error codes listed in Appendix F are NOT present on the LED displays.
D. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
NOTE The Shutdown Monitor Alarm Setpoint display indication will lag the Countrate Display indication as output is adjusted in the following steps. Allow sufficient time for indications to settle after adjustments are made.
[10] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
[11] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 64 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[12] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-NI-92-134-E COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
C. PUSH ALARM SETPOINT RESET button.
D. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-NI-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS E. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
F. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
[13] VERIFY HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on: N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 65 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[15] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD the indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N 1-92-134-E COUNT RATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display decreases to approximately 12.2 CPS.
C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-N1-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
[16] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Hom (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION ..Rev. 0000 Page 66 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[17] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. PUSH COUNTRATE 1/M button.
B. VERIFY indicated ratio is approximately 1.0 on ALARM SETPOINT display.
C. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is LIT.
[18] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 67 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[19] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. PUSH COUNTRATE display 1/M button.
B. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-NI-92-134-E COUNT RATE CPS C. RECORD indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-N 1-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display indicates approximately three (3) times the value shown on the COUNTRATE display.
E. VERIFY ALARM LED indicator is NOT LIT.
[20] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is NORMAL.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
[21] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that the Containment Evacuation Horn (High Flux as Shutdown alarm) will ALARM during the following steps.
[22] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 68 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued)
[23] PERFORM the following at 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13):
A. RECORD indicated COUNTRATE value.
2-N 1-92-134-E COUNTRATE CPS B. VERIFY COUNTRATE display increases to approximately 781 CPS.
C. RECORD the indicated ALARM SETPOINT value.
2-NI-92-134-E ALARM SETPOINT CPS D. VERIFY ALARM SETPOINT display is approximately equal to the value recorded in 6.4[19]C.
[24] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
(Acc Crit)
[25] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in BLOCK.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 69 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[26] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81 -B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
[27] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[28] VERIFY the following:
A. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in ALARM.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in ALARM.
D. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is in ALARM (audible).
[29] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR 1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 70 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[30] VERIFY the following:
A. ALARM LED indicator on 2-NI-92-134-E, CH II SHUTDOWN MONITOR (2-M-13), is NOT LIT.
B. HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN lamp on N32, CH II NEUTIRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-B, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN, is in CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
E. 2-CSPR-92-1, CONTAINMENT EVACUATION HORN (Unit 2 Upper Containment), is NOT in alarm.
[31] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in ADJUST.
[32] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
B. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC.
CV M&TE Cal Due Date C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
D. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N32 TRIP 1 Vdc E. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.962 to 10.038Vdc.
[33] PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch on N32, CH i1 NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in SR LEVEL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 71 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[34] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps.
- 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N32, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-1 3)
[35] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer N32, CH i1 NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS.
[36] VERIFY the following:
A. LEVEL TRIP lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
D. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased to the LEVEL TRIP setpoint.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 72 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[37] WHEN the LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) CPS 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) CPS 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) CPS
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. SR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.962 to 10.038 VDC. (Acc Crit)
B. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL (N32) recorded is approximately 105 CPS.
C. 2-NR-92-145 SR2 (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 105 CPS.
D. 2-NI-92-132A (2-M-4) recorded is approximately 109 CPS.
E. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 73 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
.[39] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N32 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in SR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N32 Trip I Vdc G. VERIFY value record is between 9.915 to 9.991 Vdc.
[40] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 21, SR FLUX HI NC32D, is NOT LIT.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps.
- 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N32, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
[41] ROTATE LEVEL TEST ADJUST potentiometer on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 74 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[42] VERIFY following indications deflected downscale as the signal is decreased:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR.
B. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4).
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP.
[43] DISCONNECT DMM from the N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC.
[44] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[45] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in OFF.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 75 of 174 Date 6.4 Source Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[46] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 81-B SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN is in NORMAL.
G. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 76 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.5 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option "SRl/lRl".
C. TOUCH "OKAY".
[3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized
[4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP RATE, is in N35.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 77 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[5] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
E. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in TEST SELECTOR ADJUST.
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
NOTE Installation of a test switch in series with LEVEL TRIP BYPASS bistable will allow testing of Rod Withdraw Block logic while simulating the LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. The LEVEL TRIP switch must be in BYPASS to enable testing.
[61 LIFT and LABEL wire 10205 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3 in the rear of.Panel 2-M-13.
CV
[7] INSTALL a test switch labeled "N35 Bypass" between lifted wire 10205 and Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 78 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[8] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in OPEN.
[9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[10] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
[11] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC._
CV M&TE __Cal Due Date B. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2.
C. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 2 Vdc D. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc.
E. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 79 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IRLEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NR-92-145 IRI (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
[13] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. (Acc Crit)
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 1.66 x 104%.
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 10-4%.
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 104%.
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 light on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 3, IR >P6 NC35D, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
G. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 80 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[14] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 2 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc.
[15] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 3, IR >P6 NC35D, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is NORMAL.
SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 81 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[16] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps.
S2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N35, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
[17] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS.
[18] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 82 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
[20] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. (Acc Crit)
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 20%.
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.
E. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM (Acc Crit).
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 83 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
(21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized
[22] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in CLOSED.
[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K145X1 is Energized.
B. 2K145X2 is Energized.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 84 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[24] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
[25] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
[26] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is Energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092.02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 85 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[27] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM.
[28] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
CV
[29] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58 CV
[30] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is Energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is De-energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 86 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[31] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM.
[32] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
[33] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in OPEN.
[34] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
E. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is CLEAR.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 87 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[35] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp goes OUT..
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc.
[36] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
[37] PLACE the test switch "N35 Bypass" in CLOSED.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 88 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM. _
[39] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded in is within thespecified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS.
[40] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IRLEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
% POWER LEVEL (N35) %
2-NR-92-145 IR1 (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 89 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[41] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit) _
B. % POWER LEVEL (N35) is approximately 25%.
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR 1 (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.
D. 2-NI-92-135A (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.
E. HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
[42] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N35 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc.
[43] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 2, IR FLUX HI NC35F, is NOT LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 90 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[45] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
B. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
[46] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 91 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[47] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
[48] REMOVE test switch "N35 Bypass" between lifted wire 10205 and terminal block TB122, Terminal Point 3.
CV
[49] LAND wire 10205 to terminal block TB122, terminal point 3.
CV
[50] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC.
Cv
[51] VERIFY the following on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
C. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[52] VERIFY the following on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 92 of 174 Date 6.5 Intermediate Range Channel I Operational Check (continued)
[53] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is.CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 93 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.6 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at 2-NR-92-145, NEUTRON FLUX LEVEL RECORDER (2-M-4):
A. TOUCH screen to display Point Group Select screen.
B. SELECT group option uSR2/IR2".
C. TOUCH"OKAY'.
[3] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is Energized
[4] ENSURE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, is in N36.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 94 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[5] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
B. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter continues to indicate downscale.
C. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
D. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
E. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in TEST SELECTOR ADJUST.
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully CLOCKWISE.
G. VERIFY % POWER LEVEL meter on continues to indicate downscale.
H. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
NOTE Installation of a test switch in series with LEVEL TRIP BYPASS bistable will allow testing of Rod Withdraw Block logic while simulating the LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL. The LEVEL TRIP switch must be in BYPASS to enable testing.
[6] LIFT and LABEL wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3 in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 3.
CV
[7] INSTALL a test switch labeled "N36 Bypass" between lifted wire 20205 and Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 95 of 174 Date .
6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[8] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in OPEN.
[9] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in BYPASS.
[10] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
[11] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CONNECT a DMM set to measure 0 to 10 Vdc to the OUTPUT BNC.
CV M&TE Cal Due Date B. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2.
C. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 2 Vdc D. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc.
E. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
F. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 96 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued)
[12] WHEN the POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
%POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
[13] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.181 to 4.259 Vdc. (Acc Crit)
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 1.66 x 10"4%.
C. 2-NR-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 1.66 x 104%.
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M4) is approximately 1.66 x 10-4%.
E. POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 23, IR >P6 NC36D, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
G. 2-XA-55-4N65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
H. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 97 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[14] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 2.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 2 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until POWER ABOVE PERMISSIVE P6 lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD DMM voltage indication.
N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 4.133 to 4.211 Vdc.
[15] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 23, IR >P6 NC36D, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-D, P-6 INTERM RANGE PERMISSIVE, is CLEAR.
C. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-D P-6 ITERM RANGE PERMISSIVE is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 98 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel 11 Operational Check (continued)
[16] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value record is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in IR LEVEL.
NOTE Test personnel must be located at the following locations to perform verifications during the following steps.
- 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4)
- N36, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
- N46, DECADES PER MINUTE indicator (2-M-13)
[17] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS.
[18] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N46, STARTUP, deflected upscale as the signal was increased.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 99 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[19] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
[20] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT is within the specified tolerance of 9.262 to 9.340 Vdc. (Acc Crit)
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 20%.
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) is approximately 20%.
E. HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 100 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[21] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized
[22] PLACE the test switch"N36 Bypass" in CLOSED.
[23] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K223X1 is Energized.
B. 2K223X2 is Energized.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 101 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[24] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
[25] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
[26] VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is De-energized D. 2K223X2 is Energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized ,_
F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 102 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[27] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE.HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM.
[28] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L3 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
[29] REMOVE fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 103 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[301 VERIFY the status of the following relays at NSSS Auxiliary Relay Panel 2-R-58 in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Instrument Room is as specified below.
A. 2K518X1 is De-energized.
B. 2K518X2 is De-energized.
C. 2K223X1 is Energized D. 2K223X2 is De-energized E. 2K145X1 is De-energized F. 2K145X2 is De-energized G. 2NC35EX is Energized H. 2NC36EX is De-energized
[31] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is in ALARM.
[32] INSTALL fuse 2-FU-99-R58/L21 at NSSS Auxiliary Relay panel 2-R-58.
Cv
[33] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in OPEN.
[34] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 104 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B, INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is in ALARM.
E. 2-XA-55-6F/147-B, 2-R-58 is CLEAR.
[35] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 3.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 3 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL ROD STOP lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the 0MM.
N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.214 to 9.292 Vdc.
[36] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4B/82-B INTERM RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-B INTERMED RANGE HI FLUX ROD WD STOP is NORMAL.
[37] PLACE the test switch "N36 Bypass" in CLOSED.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 105 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
[39] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1.
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer CLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS.
[40] WHEN the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp LIGHTS, THEN RECORD the following indications in the table below.
Indicator Indicated Value Initials IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) Vdc
% POWER LEVEL (N36) %
2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) %
2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) %
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 106 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel IIOperational Check (continued)
[41] VERIFY the following:
A. IR LEVEL OUTPUT (DMM) is within the specified tolerance of 9.359 to 9.437 Vdc. (Acc Crit)
B. % POWER LEVEL (N36) is approximately 25%.
C. 2-NR-92-145 IR2 (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.
D. 2-NI-92-136A (2-M-4) is approximately 25%.
E. HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
F. 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
[42] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OUTPUT SELECTOR switch in TRIP 1._
B. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 TRIP 1 Vdc C. VERIFY value recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc.
D. PLACE OUTPUT SELECT switch in IR LEVEL.
E. ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer COUNTERCLOCKWISE until the HIGH LEVEL TRIP lamp goes OUT.
F. RECORD voltage indicated on the DMM.
N36 IR LEVEL Vdc G. VERIFY voltage recorded is within the specified tolerance of 9.311 to 9.389 Vdc.
[43] VERIFY 2-XX-55-5, TRIP STATUS LIGHTS, Window 22, IR FLUX HI NC36F, is NOT LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 107 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[44] ROTATE TEST SELECTOR ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[45] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
B. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM indicator (2-M-4) deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE indicator onN46, STARTUP, deflected downscale as the signal was decreased.
[46] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG MON:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[47] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
[48] REMOVE test switch "N36 Bypass" between lifted wire 20205 and terminal block TB222, Terminal Point 3.
CV
[49] LAND wire 20205 to terminal block TB222, Terminal Point 3.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 108 of 174 Date 6.6 Intermediate Range Channel II Operational Check (continued)
[50] DISCONNECT the DMM from the N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, OUTPUT BNC.
CV
[51] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
C. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[52] VERIFY the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
[53] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
F. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 109 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check NOTE Unless otherwise noted, all steps in this section are performed at N34, AUDIO COUNT RATE (2-M-13).
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in section 4.0 for Subsection 6.7 have been completed.
[2] NOTIFY Unit 2 Operator that this subsection will generate audible count rates inside of containment and that an announcement should be made inside of containment alerting anyone working inside.
[3] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
[4] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
[5] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 110 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
NOTES
- 1) The SCALER/TIMER display indicates counts for a pre-selected time, or time for a pre-selected amount of counts.
- 2) SCALER/TIMER thumbwheel setting is normally 00010, which represents a 1.0 second time interval.
[6] ENSURE POLARITY switch to '+' (positive) on SCALER/TIMER.
[7] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO.
[8] ENSURE SCALER/TIMER POWER switch in ON (UP).
[9] PLACE DISPLAY-PRESET switch in COUNT SEC.
[10] SET "N"switch (SCALER/TIMER thumbwheel) to 00010 (1 second interval).
[11] PLACE SAMPLING MODE switch in AUTO.
[12] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 0 CPS.
[13] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch in SR N31.
[14] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 1.
[15] PUSH RESET button on the SCALER/TIMER to clear display.
[16] PUSH START button on the SCALER/TIMER.
[17] VERIFY the SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 12 CPS.
[18] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10.
[19] ADJUST VOLUME potentiometer until audible pulses are heard on the AUDIO COUNTRATE local speaker.
[20] VERIFY audible pulses, approximately 1 per second, are heard on the AUDIO COUNTRATE local speaker. (Acc Crit)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 111 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
[21] ADJUST AUDIO COUNT VOLUME control on 2-TB-92-1 until audible pulses are obtained at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER, located in the Unit 2 Containment Building (Az. 245", El. 756').
[22] VERIFY audible pulses, approximately I per second, are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
(Acc Crit)
[23] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear on N34 in Al.
[24] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[25] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard on the local speaker.
[26] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear of N34 in A2.
[27] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[28] VERIFY no audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker.
[29] PLACE AMPLIF. SELECT. switch at the rear on N34 in NORMAL.
[30] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[31] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker.
[32] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR 2.
[33] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
[34] VERIFY rapid audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNTRATE SPEAKER.
[35] VERIFY rapid audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker.
[36] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 100.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 112 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
[37] VERIFY audible pulse have decreased in frequency and are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[38] VERIFY audible pulses have decreased in frequency and are heard on the local speaker.
[39] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch on N34 in 1K.
[40] VERIFY audible pulses, at a rate of less than 1 per second, are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT.RATE SPEAKER.
[41] VERIFY audible pulses, at a rate of less than 1 per second, are heard on the N34 local speaker.
[42] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch on N34 in 10K.
[43] VERIFY audible pulse have decreased in frequency and are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[44] VERIFY audible pulses have decreased in frequency and are heard on the local speaker.
[45] PUSH STOP button on the SCALER/TIMER.
[46] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR.
[47] PLACE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10.
[48] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[49] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 113 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
[50] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUXAT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
[51] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
[52] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
[53] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
[54] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch in N32.
[55] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in LCR1.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 114 of 174 Date 6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
[56] PUSH RESET button on the SCALER/TIMER to clear display.
[57] PUSH START button on the SCALER/TIMER.
[58] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 12 CPS.
[59] ENSURE AUDIO MULTIPLIER switch in 10.
[60] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker.
(Acc Crit)
[61] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER. (Acc Crit)
[62] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH 11NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in LCR2.
[63] VERIFY audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker and the frequency increased after the performance of step 6.7[62].
[64] VERIFY audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER and the frequency increased after the performance of step 6.7[62].
[65] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 781 CPS.
[66] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in OPR.
[67] VERIFY SCALER/TIMER display on N34 indicates approximately 0 CPS.
[68] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard on the N34 local speaker.
[69] VERIFY NO audible pulses are heard at 2-CSPR-92-2, AUDIO COUNT RATE SPEAKER.
[70] PUSH STOP button on the SCALER/TIMER.
[71] PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 115 of 174 Date
..6.7 Audio Count Rate Channel N34 Operational Check (continued)
[72] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[73] PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, in NORMAL.
[74] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. 2-XA-55-4A165-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
[75] PLACE POWER switch on SCALER/TIMER in OFF.
[76] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR Switch in OFF.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 116 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check NOTE Testing to ensure that DECADES PER MINUTE meters indicate Source and Intermediate Range channels individually is performed in Sections 6.3 through 6.6.
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.8 have been completed.
[2] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31.
[3] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[4] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM.
[5] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM.
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM.
[6] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 117 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[7] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[8] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM.
[9] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[10] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
[11] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM on (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[12] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 118 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[13] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[14] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM.
[15] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately I DPM.
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM.
[16] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
[17] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[18] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 119 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[19] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[20] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
[21] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[22] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N35.
[23] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[24] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 120 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[25] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM.
[26] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
[27] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[28] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5DPM._
[29] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[30] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 121 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
.[31] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[32] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N36.
[33] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B182-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[34] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 1DPM.
[35] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM.
[36] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 122 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[37] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[38] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in 5 DPM.
[39] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[40] PLACE RATE TEST switch on N46, STARTUP, in NORMAL.
[41] VERIFY the following:
A. RATE CHANNEL TEST lamp on N46, STARTUP, is NOT LIT.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
C. DECADES PER MINUTE meter on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 123 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
NOTES
- 1) Steps 6.8[42] through 6.8[62]D will test the functionality of the test generator ramp rates built into Channel 1 Source Range (N31) and Intermediate Range (N35) drawers.
- 2) The ramp generator output may only function linearly for 1 minute before the output voltage range is exceeded. If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute and verification steps have not been completed then the ramp may be reset by switching the TEST SELECTOR switch to MSV 6 and waiting for the ramp to stabilize to an indication of 0 DPM. At that point the ramp may be restarted by selecting the appropriate ramp (DPM I or DPM 5) on the TEST SELECTOR switch.
[42] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[43] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[44] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31.
[45] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
[46] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 124 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[47] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
[48] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 1.
[49] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NI-31D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
[50] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N35.
[51] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
[52] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV6.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 125 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[53] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[54] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 5.
[55] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[56] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N31.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 126 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[57] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[58] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR.
[59] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. 2-NI-31 D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM D. 2-NI-35D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[60] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[61] PERFORM the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 127 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[62] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. 2-XA-55-4A/64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR.
NOTES
- 1) Steps 6.8[63] through 6.8[83]D will test the functionality of the test generator ramp rates built into Channel II Source Range (N32) and Intermediate Range (N36) drawers.
- 2) The ramp generator output may only function linearly for 1 minute before the output voltage range is exceeded. If non-linear behavior is observed after 1 minute and verification steps have not be completed then the ramp may be reset by switching the TEST SELECTOR switch to MSV 6 and waiting for the ramp to stabilize to an indication of 0 DPM. At that point the ramp may be restarted by selecting the appropriate ramp (DPM 1 or DPM 5) on the TEST SELECTOR switch.
[63] ENSURE-ADJUST potentiometer on N32, CH IINEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[64] ENSURE ADJUST potentiometer on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
[65] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32.
[66] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 128 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[67] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
[68] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
[69] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 1.
[70] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately I DPM. (Acc Crit)
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
[71] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N36.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 129 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[72] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 1 DPM. (Acc Crit)
[73] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in MSV6.
[74] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[75] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in DPM 5.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 130 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[76] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH I1.
NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 5 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 5 DPM.
[77] PLACE CHANNEL SELECTOR switch on N46, STARTUP, in N32.
[78] VERIFY DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates 5 DPM.
[79] PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, in OPR.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 131 of 174 Date 6.8 Startup Rate Channel N46 Operational Check (continued)
[80] VERIFY the following:
A. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
B. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. 2-NI-32D, SR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
D. 2-NI-36D, IR STARTUP RATE DPM (2-M-4) indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. DECADES PER MINUTE display on N46, STARTUP, indicates approximately 0 DPM.
[81] PERFORM the following at N36, CH IINEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[82] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
[83] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A165-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 132 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.9 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following steps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
[3] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
C. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 2.
[4] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02
.Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 133 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[5] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is.LIT.
D. % Power Level display indicates approximately 9.38 x 106. %.
[6] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION. Rev. 0000 Page 134 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[7] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10):
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 9.38 x 10- %.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE indicator is LIT.
[8] PERFORM the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
[9] PERFORM the followingsteps on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
[10] VERIFY the following at N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates downscale._
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 135 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[11] VERIFY the following at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
E. % Power Level display indicates downscale.
[12] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4N64-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
G. Unit 2 Event.Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 136 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[13] VERIFY the following at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10):
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE indicator is NOT LIT.
CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection.
NOTE Steps 6.9[14] through 6.9[16] will energize the Channel I Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to prevent an unwanted reactor trip during testing of the NON-OPERATE functions.
[14] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-13:
A. Wire 10205 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3.
CV B. Wire 10206 from Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 4.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 137 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
C. Wire 10201 from Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 5.
.CV D. Wire 10202 from Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 6.
CV
[15] CONNECT separate 120 VAC monitored, variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points located in the rear of 2-M-13:
A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 CV M&TE Cal Due Date B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV M&TE Cal Due Date
[16] ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.9[15] to 118-120 VAC.
A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 138 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[17] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
E. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
F. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
G. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT.
NOTE Step 6.9[18] through Step 6.9[27] will verify that a tripped condition results from a simulated loss of power to the Source and Intermediate Range Drawers.
[18] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[19] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB123 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 139 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[20] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position.
[21] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB123 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
[22] PERFORM the following steps at the -rear of N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position.
[23] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[24] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position.
[25] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 140 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[26] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB122 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[27] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB1 23 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
[28] PERFORM the following steps on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
[29] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, in the Additional Equipment Building (AlIW, El. 737').
A. OPEN door.
B. DISCONNECT connector P1 from the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 to simulate a low voltage power supply abnormality.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 141 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[30] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
C. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is LIT.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
[31] CONNECT connector P1 to the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY.
Cv
[32] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31,: CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
[33] ADJUST decade resistance box for a dial setting of 20K ohms.
[34] CONNECT decade resistance box to test points TP1 (+) and TP10(-) in 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY.
Cv
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02.
Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 142 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
NOTE The following step simulates a High Voltage Supply undervoltage.
[35] DECREASE resistance on decade box until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, LIGHTS.
[36] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
D. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is LIT.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
NOTE The following step removes the simulated High Voltage Supply undervoltage condition.
[37] INCREASE resistance on decade box until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, goes OUT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 143 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
D. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
[39] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-131-D, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY.
A. DISCONNECT decade resistance box from test points TPI(+) and TP10(-).
CV B. CLOSE and SECURE door.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 144 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
(401 PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-138-D, OPTICAL ISOLATOR, located in the Auxiliary Building Additional Equipment Room (Al 1W, El. 737').
A. OPEN enclosure to gain access to the TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch.
B. PLACE TEST/STATUS CONTROL switch in APPX R.
Cv C. CLOSE and SECURE the OPTICAL ISOLATOR enclosure.
Cv
[41] VERIFY 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
NOTES
- 1) The remaining steps of this section will be performed at 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10) unless otherwise noted.
- 2) Assistance is needed at the rear of the 2-L-1 0 NIS signal processor while sliding drawer out to ensure cables do not hang up or become damaged during removal.
- 3) The log count rate circuits have long time constants; therefore, the output may take 60 seconds to settle when the Test switches located on the Test Generator are toggled.
[42] LOOSEN the front panel thumbscrews, AND SLIDE the drawer out.
[43] REMOVE the upper safety cover.
[44] TOGGLE ON Test switch S3 on the Test Generator Assy.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 145 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[45] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates upscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates upscale.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates upscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates upscale.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[46] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S3 on. the Test Generator Assy.
[47] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
(48] TOGGLE ON Test switch S1 on the Test Generator Assy.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 146 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[49] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 2 x 105 CPS.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 4.7x 10-2%.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[50] TOGGLE OFF Test switch SI on the Test Generator Assy.
[51] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
(52] TOGGLE ON Test switch S2 on the Test Generator Assy.
[53] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 12 CPS.
B. SOURCE. RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 3x 10-7%.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 147 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IAmplifier,, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[54] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S2 on the Test Generator Assy.
- [55] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[56] TOGGLE ON Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy.
[57] VERIFY the following:
A. 'SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 100%.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
[58] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S4 on the Test Generator Assy.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 148 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[59] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[60] TOGGLE ON Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy..
[61] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates approximately 1.3x 10-2 %.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
(62] TOGGLE OFF Test switch S5 on the Test Generator Assy.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 149 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
[63] VERIFY the following:
A. SOURCE RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
B. SOURCE RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
C. POWER RANGE LOG display indicates downscale.
D. POWER RANGE RATE display indicates approximately 0 DPM.
E. NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
[64] INSTALL the safety cover in the drawer.
[65] SLIDE the drawer into the panel, AND TIGHTEN the thumbscrews.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 150 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection.
NOTE Steps 6.9[66] through 6.9[68] will remove the 118 voltage supplied to the Channel 1 Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to return the rack to its normal configuration.
[66] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.9[15].
A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6
[67] REMOVE variable power supplies across each of the following
.sets of terminal points:
A. TB122, Terminal Points 3 & 4 CV B. TB123, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV
[68] LAND the following disconnected leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-13:
A. Wire 10205 to Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 3.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 151 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
B. Wire 10206 to Terminal Block TB122, Terminal Point 4.
Cv C. Wire 10201 to Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 5 Cv D. Wire 10202 to Terminal Block TB123, Terminal Point 6.
- Cv
[69] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N64-A, 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 64-A 2-NI-92-131-D SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4A164-B, 2-NI-92-135-D INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 64-B 2-NI-92-135-D INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-A, CHANNEL I SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 152 of 174 Date 6.9 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier, Optical Isolator and Wide Range Processor (Appendix R) Operational Check (continued)
G. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
H. IRPSR NON-OPERATE lamp on N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
I. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp at N35, CH I NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
J. NON-OPERATE indicator on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10), is NOT LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 153 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check
[1] VERIFY prerequisites listed in Section 4.0 for Subsection 6.10 have been completed.
[2] PERFORM the following at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in BLOCK.
B. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
[3] PERFORM the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in BYPASS.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in TEST ENABLE.
C. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in LCR 2.
[4] VERIFY the following on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT.
B. SR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.
D. CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates approximately 781 CPS.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 154 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
[5] VERIFY the following on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is LIT.
B. IRISR NON-OPERATE lamp is LIT.
C. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is LIT.
D. % Power Level display indicates approximately 9.38 x 10"6 %.
[6] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-6 SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is in ALARM.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is in ALARM.
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL IN TEST is in ALARM.
[7] PERFORM the following on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE TEST SELECTOR switch in OPR.
B. PLACE OPERATION SELECTOR switch in NORMAL.
C. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 155 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
[8] PERFORM the following on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE LEVEL TRIP switch in NORMAL.
B. PLACE HIGH FLUX AT SHUTDOWN switch in NORMAL.
C. VERIFY CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
D. VERIFY SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
E. VERIFY LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
F. VERIFY CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display indicates downscale.
[9] VERIFY the following at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. CHANNEL ON TEST lamp is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp is NOT LIT.
D. LEVEL TRIP BYPASS lamp is NOT LIT.
E. % Power Level display indicates downscale.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 156 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
[10] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4AN65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/81-C, SOURCE RANGE HI FLUX AT SHUTDOWN ALM BLOCKED, is CLEAR.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL IN TEST, is CLEAR.
G. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 82-E NIS CHANNEL INTEST is NORMAL.
I WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Paqe 157 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel I Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
CAUTION 118 VAC is present in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal protection.
NOTE Steps 6.10[111] through 6.10[13] will energize the Channel II Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to prevent an unwanted reactor trip during testing of the NON-OPERATE functions.
[11] LIFT and LABEL the following leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 1 A. Wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3.
Cv B. Wire 20206 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 4.
Cv C. Wire 20201 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 5.
Cv D. Wire 20202 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 6.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 158 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
[12] CONNECT separate 120 VAC monitored, variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points located in the rear of 2-M-1 3:
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 Cv M&TE Cal Due Date B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 Cv M&TE Cal Due Date
[13] ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.10[121 to 118-120 VAC.
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 159 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel i1Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
[14] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4A/65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
C. 2-XA-55-4A/65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is in ALARM.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is in ALARM.
E. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
F. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
NOTE Step 6.10[15] through Step 6.10[24] will verify that a tripped condition results from a simulated loss of power to the Source and Intermediate Range Drawers.
[15] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[16] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-1 3 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 160 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
[17] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position.
[18] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
[19] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the OFF position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the OFF position.
[20] VERIFY approximately 0 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal I and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[21] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position.
[22] PERFORM the following steps at the rear of N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR:
A. PLACE beaker CB1, INSTRUMENT POWER in the ON position.
B. PLACE beaker CB2, CONTROL POWER in the ON position.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 161 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
[23] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB222 Terminal 1 and Terminal 2 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with IR TRIP).
[24] VERIFY approximately 120 VAC across Terminal Block TB223 Terminal 3 and Terminal 4 in the rear of 2-M-13 (Bistable output associated with SR Trip).
[25] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY, located in the Additional Equipment Building (Al 1W, El. 729').
A. OPEN the amplifier enclosure to gain access to the wide range amplifier components.
B. DISCONNECT connector P1 from the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 to simulate a low voltage power supply abnormality.
CV
[26] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH IINEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36 CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM. (Acc Crit)
[27] CONNECT connector P1 to the Test Generator/NON-OP Module A4 at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY.
CV
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 162 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
[28] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM.
[29] ADJUST a decade resistance box to 20K ohms, AND CONNECT the decade resistance box to TPI(+) and TP10(-)
on the backplane of 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP assembly.
CV NOTE The following step simulates a High Voltage Supply undervoltage.
[30] DECREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, LIGHTS.
[31] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp on N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is LIT. (Acc Crit)
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE(INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is in ALARM (Acc Crit)
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 163 of 174.
Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel II Amplifier Operational Check (continued)
NOTE The following step removes the simulated a High Voltage Supply undervoltage condition.
[32] INCREASE the resistance on the decade box to until the SR NON-OPERATE lamp on N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, goes OUT.
[33] VERIFY the following:
A. SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
B. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
C. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE light at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
D. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
[34] PERFORM the following steps at 2-NM-92-132-E, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE/INTERMED RNG AMP ASSY.
A. DISCONNECT the decade resistance box from test points TP1(+) and TP10(-) on the backplane of the amplifier.
CV B. CLOSE and SECURE the amplifier enclosure.
Cv
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 164 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
[CAUTION 118 VAC is present Sprotection.,
in the following step. Follow all safety precautions for personal NOTE Steps 6.10[35] through 6.10(37] will remove the 118 voltage supplied to the Channel 2 Source and Intermediate Range Trip Bypass circuits to return the rack to its normal configuration.
[35] DE-ENERGIZE each of the following power supplies connected in Step 6.10[12].
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6
[36] REMOVE variable power supplies across each of the following sets of terminal points:
A. TB222, Terminal Points 3 & 4 Cv B. TB223, Terminal Points 5 & 6 CV
[37] LAND the following disconnected leads in the rear of Panel 2-M-1 3:
A. Wire 20205 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 3.
Cv
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 165 of 174 Date 6.10 Source and Intermediate Range Channel IIAmplifier Operational Check (continued)
B. Wire 20206 from Terminal Block TB222, Terminal Point 4.
Cv C. Wire 20201 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 5.
Cv D. Wire 20202 from Terminal Block TB223, Terminal Point 6.
Cv
[38] VERIFY the following:
A. 2-XA-55-4N65-A, 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
B. Unit 2 Event Display Monitor indicates 65-A 2-NI-92-132-E SOURCE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
C. 2-XA-55-4N65-B, 2-NI-92-136-E INTERM RANGE TRIP BYPASSED, is CLEAR.
D. Unit 2 Event Display Monitors indicates 65-B 2-NI-92-136-E INTERMEDIATE RANGE TRIP BYPASSED is NORMAL.
E. 2-XA-55-4B/82-A, CHANNEL II SOURCE/INTERM RANGE TROUBLE, is CLEAR.
F. 2-XA-55-4B/82-E, NIS CHANNEL INTEST, is CLEAR.
G. SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
H. IR/SR NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
I. AMPLIFIER NON-OPERATE lamp at N36, CH II NEUTRON MON INTERM RNG DWR, is NOT LIT.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 166 of 174 Date 6.11 Startup and Intermediate Range Detector Testing
[1] PERFORM Work Order to verify the response following Startup Range Neutron Monitors when associated detectors are exposed to a neutron source.
[2] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-131-D is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on N31, CH I NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates > 1 CPS.
(Acc Crit)
[3] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-131 -D is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on 2-NI-92-138, NEUT MON SIGNAL PROCESSOR DISPLAY (2-L-10),
indicates> 1 CPS. (Acc Crit)
[4] WHEN detector 2-NMD-92-132-E is exposed to a neutron source, THEN VERIFY the CPS NEUTRON LEVEL display on N32, CH II NEUT MON SOURCE RNG DWR, indicates > 1 CPS.
(Acc Crit)
[5] RECORD Work Order Numbers, AND ATTACH to test instruction.
A. N31, CH I NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR WO#
B. N32, CH II NEUTRON MON SOURCE RNG DWR WO#
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 167 of 174 Date 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY NOTE Post-performance steps may be performed in any order unless otherwise stated and should be completed as close in time as practicable to the end of the instruction performance.
[1] NOTIFY the Unit 2 US/SRO of the test completion and system alignment.
[2] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of the M&TE used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, AND RECORD the results on Measuring and Test Equipment (M&TE) Log.
[3] VERIFY that Post-test calibration of permanent plant instruments used to record quantitative acceptance criteria has been satisfactorily performed, AND RECORD the results on Appendix C, Permanent Plant Instrumentation Log.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 168 of 174 Date 8.0 RECORDS A. QA Records Completed Test Package B. Non-QA Records None
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 169 of 174 Appendix A (Page I of 1)
TEST PROCEDURES/lINSTRUCTIONS REFERENCE REVIEW Date NOTES
- 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
- 2) Initial and date indicates review has been completed for impact.
PROCEDURE/ INITIAL AND DATE.
INSTRUCTION REVISlONICHANGES (NIA for no change)
FSAR-Amendment 109 Section 7.2 Section 7.7 Table 14.2-1 Sht 60 of 89 VR-WBC0842, Rev. 2 WBN2-92-4003 2-TSD-92-02 2-NMD-92-131-SR 2-NMD-92-131-IR 2-NMD-92-131-WR 2-NMD-92-132-SR 2-NMD-92-132-IR VTM-W120-2824, Rev. 10 EDCR 52421, Rev. A Westinghouse PLS Rev. 0
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 170 of 174 Appendix B (Page 1 of 1)
TEMPORARY CONDITION LOG Date NOTES
- 1) Additional copies of this table may be made as necessary.
- 2) These steps will be N/A'd if no temporary condition existed.
ITEM TEMPORARY CONDITION PERFORMED RETURNED TO NORMAL No. DESCRIPTION Step Performed By/Date Step Returned By/Date No. CV BylDate No. CV BylDate
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 171 of 174 Appendix C (Page I of 1)
PERMANENT PLANT INSTRUMENTATION LOG Date
..INSTRUMENT CAL DUE FILLED AND POSITIONED USED FOR POST-TEST POST-TEST OR DATE VENTED1 INSERVICE 1 QUANTITATIVE CAL DATE 2 CALIBRATION 2 INSTRUMENT ACC CRIT ACCEPTABLE LOOP # INITIALJDATE INITIDATE INITIDATE YES NO 2-NI-092-131-D YES 2-NI-092-132-E YES 2-NI-092-135-D YES 2-NI-092-136-E YES 2-IDWR-092-N34 YES
.2-IDWR-092-N46-G YES 2-NI-092-133-D YES 2-NI-092-134-E YES 2-NI-092-1138 YES These items may be initialed and dated by personnel performing the task. Instrumentation not required to be filled and vented may be identified as Not Applicable. (NIA) 2 May be identified as Not Applicable (N/A) if instrument was not used to verify/record quantitative acceptance criteria data.
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 172 of 174 Appendix D (Page 1 of 1)
COMPUTER POINT VERIFICATION LOG Date STATUS - IN SCAN COMPUTER POINT DESCRIPTION INITIAL & DATE Subsection 6.1 SOURCE RANGE DETECTOR 1 LOG Q INTERM RNG LOG Q Subsection 6.2 I
SOURCE RANGE DETECTOR 2 LOG Q INTERM RNG LOG Q
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 173 of 174 Appendix E (Page 1 of 1)
BREAKER LINEUP Date BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER TEST VERIFIED BY IDENTIFICATION NOMENCLATURE LOCATION POSITION INITIALIDATE 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/45 NIS INST PWR CH I TO PNL 2-M-13 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON NIS CONT PWR CH I MAIN CONTROL 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/46 RM PNL 2-M-13 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-2/45 NIS INST PWR CH II TO PNL 2-M-13 2-11, 2-BD-235-2 ON MAIN CONTROL RM PNL 2-M-13 NIS 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-2/46 CONT PWR CH II 2-11, 2-BD-235-2 ON NIS INST PWR CH I TO CH I AMP & 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/30 APP R OPTICAL ISOL 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON NIS INSTR PWR CH I TO PNL 2-L-10 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-1/18 SIG PROC DISP 2-1, 2-BD-235-1 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/2 PNL 2-M-4 INSTR BUS 4 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/29 NIS INSTR PWR CH IVTO PNL 2-M-13 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON 120V AC VITAL INSTR POWER BOARD 2-BKR-235-4/30 NIS INSTR PWR CH IVTO PNL 2-M-13 2-IV, 2-BD-235-4 ON
WBN SOURCE & INTERMEDIATE RANGE 2-PTI-092-02 Unit 2 NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION Rev. 0000 Page 174 of 174 Appendix F (Page 1 of 1)
SHUTDOWN MONITOR SELF-TEST ERROR CODES Date The Shutdown Monitor self-test routine is executed when the unit is first turned ON or when the TEST Pushbutton is pressed. This routine performs some basic checks of the systems and displays an error message if a failure has been detected.
Proper operation of the instrument is verified by ensuring that all of the LEDs illuminate while the instrument performs the 6 step self-test which takes a few seconds. The following Table describes each test and error codes:
Test Number Description of Test Error Code Proper operation of PROM - The entire PROM memory 0 is summed to give an 8-bit value which is then EQ compared with the correct value.
Proper read proper operation of RAM and write - The entire RAM is tested for operation. El 2 Ratio rotary switch - The test ensures only one contact E2 is closed.
3 Background jumpers - The test ensures only one E3 jumper is installed.
Timer works properly - The timer is set up and then 4 checked to verify that it has changed after a short E4 period.
Input signal path through input of counter - A signal is synthesized by the microprocessor and then sent 5 through the input section. This signal is counted by the E5 microprocessor and compared with the signal it generated.